Home

MX7 Tecton™ WM Reference Guide

1. oaaao a aaa oaaao ahaaa aaa 20a ALLAL LLDD LLDD LLDD LALL L LALL LaaLa 169 OOM OM e ER EE EEE E a AEE a E DR A EET 170 E EQ MX7WMRG A vi MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents Office Mopile coisa ese cent Du sco eia O aise adda Sr AANO a el Si 172 EX Cel MODIS assis does Eneias ds dao nda GAR UE Est IA as Sao see ope Usei SU gas E LES ee eee des Os ais side 172 PowerPoint Mobile 173 Word Mobile aaa aeee 173 OneNote Mobile een 174 Remote Desktop aaa aa aaa 175 Set Remote Desktop Mobile Options 175 Connect to a Remote Server 176 Installing Applications PAA AAP 177 ae PAA EEE T EE S E S E EEE 177 Package File lnstallaion nan 177 PKG Installation Troubleshooting aa 178 Administration for AppLock desse sa Gap aaa Daa LLALLA LLALLA dali ALDA LLALL DALLAL LLALL aaoo naan 179 CO p EEE E AAP 179 Setup a New Device ana 180 Administration Mode icind ossos bsinadsi ccnsidsa anos raca AA 181 End User Mode errs es ed CD Da a A UE SO makes 182 POCO da UU Ea Spade ai a E AA dd O ad 182 AppLock Password Troubleshooting lll ane 182 End User Switching Technique cccl aaa aaa aaa aaa 183 Using a Stylus Tap eee 183 Using the Switch Key Sequence 2 2 2 L aaa aaa 183 Hotkey Activationhotkey l en 183 End User Internet Explorer EUIE 0 aaa aeee 184 Appli
2. MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 5 Operating System j LU D 0O 0O OOOO ao O e O 2 LXE WORX Handheld Computer E EQ MX7WMRG A Copyright 2011 by LXE Inc LXE is now part of Honeywell All Rights LX Reserved Notice LXE Inc reserves the right to make improvements or changes to published MX7 Tecton information at any time without notice While reasonable efforts have been made in the preparation of this publication to assure its accuracy LXE assumes no liability resulting from any errors or omissions in this publication or from the use of the information contained herein Further LXE Incorporated reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes to it from time to time without any obligation to notify any person or organization of such revision or changes Trademarks Copyright O 2011 by LXE Inc LXE is now part of Honeywell 125 Technology Parkway Norcross GA 30092 U S A 770 447 4224 LXE and Spire are registered trademarks of LXE Inc EMS is now part of Honeywell RFTerm is a registered trademark of EMS Technologies Norcross GA EMS is now part of Honeywell Microsoft ActiveSync MSN Outlook Windows Windows Mobile the Windows logo and Windows Media are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Intel and Intel XScale are trademarks or registe
3. 2 22 l eee eee eee eee eee ee 97 COM1 Tab Data Collection 00 22 cece eee ee eee eee 97 Commands Supported by Launch 206 Components aaao aana a oaaao aaoo aooaa nnana 2 Computer Friendly Name 83 Configuration APPLOCK ic setsacte makan Esddtica des botas ec suar Kahandaan 185 Configure the Avalanche Enabier 224 Configuring the Groiile 0222222222 2 1 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Index D E Connect option 226 CONC CU ON RR RS E ER OT 229 Connectiontab ll 0 22 c cece cece eee eee ee eee 230 Connections 2 22 00 2 02 nn 156 Connections Panels 2022 2c eee ec eeeeeeeeee 44 OAC cuca re se ee eee a 232 Continue or Stop NIonitorind 242 Continuous Scan Mode 2 0 2 22 eee eee eee ee eee 96 Control Char mapping a 102 Control characters 122 Control Code Reolacement 125 Copyrights a 67 Ctrl Char Mapping 121 Custom identifier 0 cece cece cece eee eee 102 Custom ldentifiers 2 222 c eee eee eee eee 123 Custom parameter OOO 262 D PO A std ceo eae nie no ann Iha aca ia na NG DNA 95 Send Key Messages 95 WEDGE 2 95 Data Options Enable or Disable 222 c cece eee eee eee 101 Data Options Tab 100 101 Data Stripping 2 2 2 en 106 Default Enabler adapter control settings 224
4. Update Window Display Ot startup Half Screen lt On connect fas E lt Normal fas E lt Window Display Options Update Window Display The user interface for the Enabler can be configured to dynamically change based on the status of the MX7 Tecton connection with the Mobile Device Server At startup Default is Half Screen Options are Half screen Hidden or Full screen On connect Default is As Is Options are As is Half screen or Full screen Normal Default is As Is Options are Half screen Hidden or As Is E EQ MX7WMRG A 236 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Shortcuts Shortcuts LXE recommends using LXE AppLock for this function AppLock is resident on each mobile device with a Windows CE OS Avalanche Update Settings OK Shortcuts Adapters Status Delete Application Shortcuts Configure shortcuts to other applications on the MX7 Tecton Shortcuts are viewed and activated in the Programs panel This limits the user s access to certain applications when the Enabler is controlling the mobile device display LXE recommends using LXE AppLock for this function E EQ MX7WMRG A 237 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Adapters Adapters Note LXE recommends the user review the network settings configuration utilities and the default values before setting All Adapters to Enable in the Adapters applet Avalanche Update Settings OK shortcuts Adapters no
5. 0022 ce cece ec ec ec ceeceeeeee 42 POW Cle usas sCR ins Das see EU BANANA NONA ANA ANS taala nG BUDOL 51 Power Modes 222 cce eee ecceecceecceeceeeeee 21 Preferences 229 233 Prefix and Suffix Control 110 Preparing an LXE Device for Remote Management 225 Prerequisites Enabler Install and Configure 2 222 Wavelink Avalanche System 222 Primary ANSI Kevpad 2 eee cece eee ceeeee 6 PYOGCSS UNO AA 131 sela RR 255 Program ShutdOWn 222 ecee eee ec eee cece eeees 233 R Reboot before attempt 232 Reboot Sequences 2 22 22 eee eee cece cece ec ceeceeees 9 sa ER 246 Regional Settings 2 22 eee eee eee eee ee eee 145 Registry 57 147 Registry Editor BL Rejected barcodes 2 222 222 eee ee eee eee eee eeeeee 126 Remote Control License 0000000000000000000000000nnMnn 222 Remote Desktop 131 Remote Desktop Mobile 175 Remote Management Utility RMU Installation AA 225 Remove Programs a 148 Require external power eee eee 232 Restart 147 Resulting Data 126 Resume eee ec eee eee ee ec ee eee eee eee eee 9 Revision HIStOW 336 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Index S T Ka 33 RMU CE CAB 222 225 RMU StorageRAM ll en 225 Root CA Certificates Generatin 022 22 e eee cece cece eee oaoa 292 S Save UserDefaults 2 2222 c eee eee eee ee eee 147 Scan
6. 01 e c2 min length 26 max length 26 strip leading 2 strip trailing 10 Code ID enabled Barcode Data 01 e C3 min length 24 max length 24 strip leading 2 strip trailing 8 Code ID enabled Barcode Data 01 e Cd min length 20 max length 20 strip leading O strip trailing 4 Code ID enabled Barcode Data 00 Add the AIM custom symbologies Refer to Symbology Settings for instruction E EQ MX7WMRG A 129 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Length Based Barcode Stripping EE Start Code ID SIM bd w Enable Min Max Strip Leading Code ID Add AIM Custom Setup for C1 Tap the Barcode Data button Tap the Add button Add the data for the match codes E Start Barcode Data agi EEE Barcode Match Data for C1 Refer to the previous section Barcode Data Match List for instruction Scan a barcode and examine the result E EQ MX7WMRG A 130 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Processing Tab Processing Tab The Processing tab contains a user configurable key delay that applies to scanned barcodes as they are input when Remote Desktop is the application with the input focus Factory Default Settings Wait between keys Only in Remote Desktop Enabled Note Settings on this panel have no effect when RF Term is the application with the input focus RE Start a qm Data Collection Buffered Kev Qukput fred KE Same buffer limi
7. All Manage Network Settings T Manage Wireless Settings Current 5DCCF1061 lt l Primary adapter Icon on taskbar Use Avalanche Network Profile a C7 Use Manual Settings E Adapters Options Network Manage Network Settings When enabled the Enabler will control the network settings This parameter cannot be configured from the Avalanche Mobility Center Console and is enabled by default Manage When enabled the Enabler will control the wireless settings This parameter cannot be configured from the Wireless Avalanche Mobility Center Console and is disabled by default For Summit clients Manage Wireless Settings Settings should not be checked as LXE s configuration packages provide more radio configuration options oe Lists all network adapters currently installed on the MX7 Tecton Adapter Primary Indicates if the Enabler is to attempt to configure the primary adapter active only if there are multiple network Adapter adapters Icon on Places the Avalanche icon in the Avalanche taskbar that may optionally override the standard Windows taskbar taskbar Use Avalanche Network Profile The Enabler will apply all network settings sent to it by the Mobile Device Server E EQ MX7WMRG A 238 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Adapters Selecting the Avalanche Icon will access the Avalanche Network Profile tab which will display current network settings Avalanche Network Profile
8. E EQ MX7WMRG A 222 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Enabler Uninstall Process Enabler Uninstall Process To remove the LXE Avalanche Enabler from the MX7 Tecton e Delete the Avalanche folder located in the System directory e Warm boot the MX7 Tecton The Avalanche folder cannot be deleted while the Enabler is running See Stop the Enabler Service If sharing errors occur while attempting to delete the Avalanche folder warm boot the MX7 Tecton immediately delete the Avalanche folder and then perform another warm boot Stop the Enabler Service To stop the Enabler from monitoring for updates from the Mobility Center Console 1 Open the Enabler Settings Panels by tapping the Enabler icon on the MX7 Tecton desktop Select File Settings Select the Preferences tab Select Do not monitor to prevent automatic monitoring upon Startup Select Exit Application for an immediate shutdown of all Enabler update functionality upon exiting the user interface Click the OK button to save the changes Reboot the MX7 Tecton if necessary No qa RB WN Update Monitoring Overview There are three methods by which the Enabler on the MX7 Tecton can communicate with the Mobile Device Server running on the host machine e Wired via a serial cable between the Mobile Device Server PC and the MX7 Tecton e Wired via a USB connection using ActiveSync between the Mobile Device Server PC and the MX7 Tecton e Wirelessly via
9. E EQ MX7WMRG A 43 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Connections Icon Option Et a Wi Fi Set the parameters for a Summit client Connections Start Settings Connections Icon Option a sas Beam Enable receiving InfraRed and Bluetooth beams Not supported on the MX7 Tecton EX Connections Configure connections to servers Domain Enroll Enrollin Active Directory domain Network Cards Set the parameters for a wireless network using the utility included in Windows Mobile USB to PC Set up an ActiveSync connection between a host PC and the MX7 Tecton E EQ MX7WMRG A 44 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Settings Panels Settings Panels Clock amp Alarms Start Settings Clock amp Alarms Time AF Settings ed mi E Settings Clock amp Alarms Clock amp Alarms GMT 5 Eastern US Y 10 35 04 ANM afr 9 Save changes to the clock 2 125120 10 7 isitin TETE d a Warning Appointment times will shift to Settings settings match the new time zone Time Alarms More Time Alarms More Clock amp Alarms Settings Time Panel Adjust the settings and tap ok to save the changes Select Yes on the popup box and the changes take effect immediately The Time can be set for both a Home and a Visiting location E EQ MX7WMRG A 45 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Alarms Alarms 2 Settings Ping d C OK Clock
10. For example you can e Back up and restore your device data e Copy rather than synchronize files between your device and desktop computer e Control when synchronization occurs by selecting a synchronization mode For example you can synchronize con tinually while connected to your desktop computer or only when you choose the synchronize command By default ActiveSync does not automatically synchronize all types of information Use ActiveSync Options to specify the types of information you want to synchronize The synchronization process makes the data in the information types you select identical on both your desktop computer and your device When installation of ActiveSync is complete on your desktop computer the ActiveSync Setup Wizard begins and starts the following processes e connect your device to your desktop computer e set up a partnership so you can synchronize information between your device and your desktop computer and e customize your synchronization settings Because ActiveSync is already installed on your device your first synchronization process begins automatically when you finish setting up your desktop computer in the ActiveSync wizard For more information about using ActiveSync on your desktop computer open ActiveSync then open ActiveSync Help Initial Setup Theinitial setup of ActiveSync must be made via a USB connection Partnerships can only be created using USB cable connection Connect via USB
11. Tap the Bluetooth icon at the bottom of the Today panel to open the Bluetooth LXEZ Pairing application Tap the Bluetooth Devices tab Tap the Discover button When the Bluetooth module begins searching for in range Bluetooth devices the button name changes to Stop Tap the Stop button to cancel the Discover function at any time The discovered devices are listed in the Bluetooth Devices window Highlight a Bluetooth device in the Discovered window and double tap to open the device properties menu Tap Pair as Scanner to set up the MX7 Tecton to receive scanner data Tap Pair as Printer to set up the MX7 Tecton to send data to the printer Tap Serial Device when Filtered mode is disabled to set up the MX7 Tecton to communicate with a Bluetooth serial device Tap Disconnect to stop pairing with the device Once disconnected tap Clear to remove the device name and data from the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth Devices list Select Yes at the Delete all disconnected devices Yes No dialog box Upon successful pairing the selected device may react to indicate a successful connection The reaction may be an audio signal from the device flashing LED on the device or a dialog box is placed on the MX7 Tecton display Whenever the MX7 Tecton is turned On all previously paired live Bluetooth devices in the vicinity are paired one at a time with the MX7 Tecton If the devices cannot connect to the MX7 Tecton before the re connect timeout time period expir
12. The default connection type is USB Client This is the only connection option supported on the MX7 Tecton To verify it is set to USB select Start Settings Connections USB to PC Ensure the checkbox for Enable advanced network functionality is checked Tap OK to return to the Connections panel Connect the USB cable to the PC the host and the mobile device the client as detailed below USB will start automatically when the USB cable is connected When the MX7 Tecton loses connection e g enters Suspend Mode etc the connection to ActiveSync will be lost When the MX7 Tecton resumes the ActiveSync session will automatically re connect E EQ MX7WMRG A 195 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Cable for USB ActiveSync Connection Cable for USB ActiveSync Connection MX7052CABLE MX7 Tecton Charge Comm Interface Cable with USB Client port for ActiveSync USB end of cable connects to PC Laptop USB port e Connect the MX7 Tecton end of the cable to the I O port on the bottom of the MX7 Tecton e The USB type A connector on the cable connects to a USB port on a PC or laptop e Itis not necessary to connect the power connector on the cable in order to use ActiveSync E EQ MX7WMRG A 196 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Explore Explore From the ActiveSync Dialog on the Desktop PC tap the Explore button which allows you to explore the mobile device from the PC side with some limitat
13. Troubleshooting ActiveSync Troubleshooting ActiveSync ActiveSync on the host says that a device is trying to connect but it cannot identify it One or more control lines are not connected This is usually a cable problem but on a laptop or other device it may indicate a bad serial port If the MX7 Tecton is connected to a PC by a cable disconnect the cable from the MX7 Tecton and reconnect it again Check that the correct connection is selected See Reset and Loss of Host Re connection on page 197 ActiveSync indicator on the host disc in the toolbar tray turns green and spins as soon as you connect the cable before tapping the Connect icon One or more control lines are tied together incorrectly This is usually a cable problem but on a laptop or other device it may indicate a bad serial port ActiveSync indicator on the host turns green and spins but connection never occurs Check that the correct connection is selected Of Incorrect or broken data lines in cable ActiveSync indicator on the host remains gray Solution 1 ActiveSync icon on the PC does not turn green after connecting USB cable from MX7 Tecton 1 Disconnect MX7 Tecton USB cable from PC 2 Suspend Resume or Restart the MX7 Tecton 3 In ActiveSync File Connection Settings on PC disable Allow USB Connections and click OK 4 Re enable Allow USB Connections on the PC and click OK 5 Reconnect USB cable from MX7 Tecton to PC Solution 2 The h
14. for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Standard Microsoft Applications Tasks we cx E Tap here ko add a new task Tasks Task list application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook task list using ActiveSync Complete Ea Windows Live E Windows Live Pini c xX ma 1 i EF Sion into Windows Live Windows Live Sign in to Microsoft Windows Live online service Internet access required E EQ MX7WMRG A 167 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Standard Microsoft Applications Windows Media ME Windows Media we cd Library lt My Videos Gal My TV i My Playlists b Now Playing Windows Media Audio visual management program Not supported on the MX7 Tecton E EQ MX7WMRG A 168 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Internet Explorer Mobile Internet Explorer Mobile Start Internet Explorer Set options for Internet connectivity The navigation icons change state based on the web page contents RE IF Mobile Home we c x 3 windows iemo6_default_O409 a Microsoft Internet Explorer Mobile Internet Explorer Mobile Navigation Icon Action Navigation Icon Action Add folder Favorites Add to Favorites Options Go Back Soft Input Panel Delete Favorite Zoom In Zoom Out E EQ MX7WMRG A 169 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Options Options ie IE Mobile Hom ns V Options kg Home Page kg windows jemg gt Home Page
15. 4 To read multiple rows of OCR data as shown below 123450 ABCDEF Either of the following templates could be used dddddarilllll or aaaaaaraaaaaa Note the use of the r to define the position of the second row OCR Checksum Calculation The following explains how the checksum is generated for the OCR barcode Modulo 10 1 Add the characters in the string not including the checksum character Valid values are O 9 for modulo 10 2 Subtract 10 from the sum obtained above Continue subtracting 10 until the remainder is less than 10 3 The remainder obtained above is the checksum Enter this digit in the checksum position Modulo 36 1 Add the characters in the string not including the checksum character Digit Alpha values are defined as follows for modulo 36 0 92 0 9 A 10 B 11 Z 25 2 Subtract 36 from the sum obtained above Continue subtracting 36 until the remainder is less than 36 3 Subtract the remainder obtained above from 36 The value obtained is the checksum Enter this character in the check sum position E EQ MX7WMRG A 120 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Ctrl Char Mapping Ctrl Char Mapping The Ctrl Char Mapping button activates a dialog to define the operations the Data Collection Wedge performs on control characters values less than 0x20 embedded in barcodes Control characters can be replaced with user defined text which can include hat encoded or hex encoded values In key
16. B ER Sheetl w Sum D Eg Menu a D Cu CL E EQ MX7WMRG A 172 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide PowerPoint Mobile PowerPoint Mobile Open view and edit slides in landscape or portrait format Zoom and GoTo features enabled Select Menu Options to change default settings 2 PowerPoint Mobile ata CUX RE PowerPoint Mobile w C Slide show orientation C3 Default dk Portrait L 7 Landscape right handed CO Landscape left handed Orientation Playback Word Mobile Open view edit documents Formats are saved Spelling checker cut and paste are available undo and redo commands Select Menu Options to change default settings 2 Word Mobile ME Word Mobile Default template Word Document docx Save ko Main memory bd Display in list view All Known File Types ka E EQ MX7WMRG A 173 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide OneNote Mobile OneNote Mobile OneNote is an electronic version of a paper notebook Select Menu to change default settings 2 OneNote Mobile ata CUX ME OneNote Mobile Ge dC c Sort notes by Date modified Cancel E EQ MX7WMRG A 174 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Remote Desktop Remote Desktop Start Remote Desktop Mobile Using Remote Desktop Mobile you can log on to a remote computer running Terminal Services or Remote Desktop and use all the programs available on that computer from your
17. Insert Separator Required When enabled only transmit barcodes with a 2 or 5 digit addenda Default is disabled Insert Separator When enabled insert a space between the code and addenda Default is disabled Note A UPCA decoding algorithm will also decode EAN 13 labels For correct operation either disable the UPCA symbology when using EAN 13 labels or configure the UPCA settings to match the EAN 13 settings Interleaved 2 of 5 RE Start dl MES 125 Advanced Properties ok X Check Character Required Transmit Check Character Required When enabled the check character is required Default is disabled Transmit When enabled the check character is transmitted Default is disabled E EQ MX7WMRG A 114 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced HHP Only Mesa RE Start dl ES Mesa Adyanced Properties ok X E EAN13 Code39 Code128 Interleave 2 of 5 Code93 UPCA When enabled decode UPCA Mesa Default is disabled EAN13 When enabled decode EAN 13 Mesa Default is disabled Code39 When enabled decode Code 39 Mesa Default is disabled Code128 When enabled decode Code 128 Mesa Default is disabled Interleaved 2 of 5 When enabled decode Interleaved 2 of 5 Mesa Default is disabled Code93 When enabled decode Code 93 Mesa Default is disabled MSI Plessy ME Start T ping dC mst Advanced Properties ok X E LJ Transmit Check Chara
18. Screen Settings General E EQ MX7WMRG A 149 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Align Screen Align Screen align screen Tap the target firmly and accurately at each location on the screen The target will continue to move until the screen is aligned E Screen Settings Alignment Panel Tap the Align Screen button The align screen opens and displays a large cross hair in the middle of the screen Tap the middle of the cross hair as it moves around the screen When the process is complete the General screen is displayed Tap ok and the changes are saved The new alignment is in effect immediately E EQ MX7WMRG A 150 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Clear Type Clear Type RE Settings ed Co ClearType ClearType smoothes the edges of screen fonts For many programs l Enable ClearType Screen Settings Clear Type Panel E EQ MX7WMRG A 151 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Text Size Text Size 2 Settings Pit d C OK Adjust the text size ko see more content or increase the readability in many programs Smallest Largest Example Ill get back to you ClearType Text Size Screen Settings Text Size Panel Tap the marker and slide it across the bar As the marker moves the example text increases or decreases Tap ok and the change is saved The new text size is in effect immediately i Note Tap Start Help for context s
19. Blank No scanner installed E EQ MX7WMRG A 132 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Encryption Encryption Start Settings System Encryption This panel enables or disables encryption of data files on removable storage cards The default is Disabled a Settings o Encrypt Files when placed on a storage card Encrypted Files can be read only by this device WARNING Encrypted Files cannot be recovered after hard reset or clearing storage To help prevent data loss back up data From storage cards to another location Encryption Settings pi mm Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 133 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide External GPS External GPS Start Settings System External GPS Factory Default Settings Baud Rate 4800 This panel configures serial GPS access over hardware serial ports using the Microsoft GPS manager The port used baud rate and port sharing must be specified In order to use the configuration items on these panels applications must use the Microsoft GPS API interface rather than reading the serial port directly If the application reads the serial port directly these settings are not necessary ME Settings a d C OK Choose the port that programs will use to obtain GPS data Any program
20. History Browsing History Privacy and Security Refresh Languages Other RE Home Page 22 Browsing History Ping d c Home Page Temporary Files 12 6 KB C1 Default Home page L 7 Current page CO Custom page Cancel E EQ MX7WMRG A 170 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Options 2 Privacy and Security Find d o Enable scripts Enabl ki dida English United States N Warn when changing to an unsecured Page nz Languages Preferred language to read websites Encoding Western European Auto 5Select Cancel Cancel Browse websites as O CI Desktop Computer Play Sounds Show Pictures Tell me if Internet Explorer is not the default Web browser Cancel E EQ MX7WMRG A 171 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Office Mobile Office Mobile A suite of business related applications Files can be created opened viewed saved in different formats etc Note For Microsoft Office Mobile instruction for Word PowerPoint Excel and OneNote please refer to commercially available Microsoft Office Mobile user guides Excel Mobile Spreadsheets can be edited data can be sorted formatting and changes are preserved Select Menu Options to change default settings RE Excel Mobile AF Excel Mobile ew c Template For new workbook i J C I ME Wank workbook Save new workbooks to Files ko display in list view All known types ka RS a ta
21. Wakeup device if suspended Reboot before attempt Require external power Use relative offset Server Contact Options Note Your MX7 Tecton screen display may not be exactly as shown above Contact your LXE representative for upgrade availability and version information Sync Clock Reset the time on the MX7 Tecton based on the time on the Mobile Device Server host PC On Startup Connect to the Mobile Device Server when the Enabler is accessed On Resume Connect to the Mobile Device Server when resuming from Suspend mode On Ext Power Initiate connection to the Mobile Device Server when the device is connected to an external power source such as based on a docking event a Allows the administrator to configure the Enabler to contact the Mobile Device Server and query for Periodic Update l ae ae updates at a regular interval beginning at a specific time Wakeup device if If the time interval for periodic contact with the Mobile Device Server occurs a mobile device that is in Suspended Suspend Mode can wakeup and process updates e gaai Reboot mobile device before attempting to contact Mobile Device Server ee gaiis Only connect when the mobile device has external power E EQ MX7WMRG A 232 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Preferences Preferences LXE recommends using LXE AppLock to manage the taskbar AppLock is resident on each mobile device with a Windows CE Os Avalanche Update Set
22. etc are disabled The Windows OS desktop icons menu bars task bar and system trays are not visible or accessible Task Manager is not available If the end user selects File Exit or Close from the applications menu bar the menu is cleared and nothing else happens the application remains active Nothing happens when the end user clicks on the Close icon on the application s title bar and the application remains active Note A few applications do not follow normal procedures when closing AppLock cannot prevent this type of application from closing but is notified that the application has closed For these applications AppLock immediately restarts the application which causes the screen to flicker If this type of application is being locked the administrator should close all other applications before switching to end user mode to minimize the screen flicker Windows accelerator keys such as Alt F4 are disabled Passwords A password must be configured If the password is not configured a new device switches into Administration mode without prompting for a password In addition to the Administrator hotkey press a mode switch occurs if inaccurate information has been configured or if mandatory information is missing in the configuration There are several situations that display a password prompt after a password has been configured If the configured hotkey is pressed the password prompt is displayed In this case the user has 30 seconds a
23. for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch LaunchCmd Description Runs a program with arguments Syntax Launchemd program arguments wait code Parameters program The full path and filename of the program to be run wait code Tells Launch how to behave when the program is running w ait causes Launch to stop processing the script until the program has finished executing c ontinue makes Launch continue processing the script while the program is executing arguments The command line arguments for program Example launchemd Windows Pword exe My Documents YDoc1 doc w Notes This differs from Launch in that LaunchC md allows parameters Message Description Displays a message on the screen Syntax Message message title message body Parameters message title A heading for the message Can be left empty message body The main body of the message To display a message over multiple lines use the 1n character combination at the end of each line To display a single backslash use two together Example message Tnis is a message This is the first line nand this is the second Notes Displaying a message pauses the execution of the script file until the message is OK d This is displayed with a modal dialog E EQ MX7WMRG A 214 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch Description Creates a directory Syntax Mkdir dir Parameters dir Th
24. places it in Suspend when On e Forthose keymaps that require remapping MAP keys can be remapped using the Buttons Panel Start Settings Per sonal Buttons To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order Field Exit default is VK PAUSE MAP Mappable Blue MAP Shft MAP Diamond 1 Diamond 2 eooo Snt MAP Default is Mappable Diamond 2 Snt MAP Defaultis Mappable Diamond 3 are Smt MAP Default is Mappable Diamond 3 SN MAP Default is Mappable Volume Adjust Mode Orange Scan Up Arrow Down Arrow Display Backlight Brightness Up Arrow Adjust Mode PUG gapt Down Arrow pi mooo a jee Be e a H enter E O E EQ MX7WMRG A 319 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 32 key Numeric Alpha Keymap ECO E O E upa H H bomm pom Roo ue lupa CE E H nr 0 fome fm O CE E H H pre mom O Pasa C uam O Panom fome pom O PA O H le Pa Pa Pa E owe fo o A oa a E oa a Pe oa CE H Po oa CE H Pa a me E CE H Pe ee Pa a Po ee H o EC H Pr la ee eU la E EQ MX7WMRG A 320 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 32 key Numeric Alpha Keymap ela pla E H ela E H eo aa E H ela E H a E H DO fo po o O aa E H O af H O a fe o aa fe po la 5 H eo la a mo 7 H eo la H maa fp PO a fe H a fe Po aa E H PU aa E H a a E H a Na ee apa E E EQ MX7WMRG A 321 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 32 key Numeric Alpha Keymap etre stare on Ja jo on Ja
25. 103 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced Button Advanced Button If there are advanced configuration options for the selected symbology an Advanced button is displayed in the lower right corner of the panel Not all barcode symbologies have configuration parameters so the Advanced button is not present for all symbologies Because the HHP imager does not support configuration barcodes the Advanced function allows configuration parameters to be set for many of the supported barcodes Processing Order The order in which these settings are processed are e Min Max e Code ID e Leading Trailing e Barcode Data e Prefix Suffix Note When Enable Code ID is set to None on the Data Options tab and when All is selected in the Symbology field Enable and Strip Code ID on the Symbology panel are grayed and the user is not allowed to change them to prevent deactivating the scanner completely When All is selected in the Symbology field and the settings are changed the settings in this dialog become the defaults used unless overwritten by the settings for individual symbologies This is also true for Custom IDs where the code IDs to be stripped are specified by the user Note In Custom mode on the Data Options tab any Code IDs not specified by the user will not be stripped because they will not be recognized as Code IDs If a specific symbology s settings have been configured a star 7 will appear next to i
26. 3 Public Primary Certification Entrust net Certification Authority o Choose Certificate 6 Uncheck the Use full trusted store checkbox 7 Select the desired certificate and click the Select button to return the selected certificate to the CA Cert textbox 8 Click OK to exit the Credentials screen and then Commit to save the profile changes E EQ MX7WMRG A 270 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Configuring the Profile Configuring the Profile Use the instructions in this section to complete the entries on the Profile tab according to the type of wireless security used by your network The instructions that follow are the minimum required to successfully connect to a network Your system may require more parameters than are listed in these instructions Please see your system administrator for complete information about your network and its wireless security requirements To begin the configuration process e On the Main Tab click the Admin Login button and enter the password e LXE recommends editing the default profile with the parameters for your network Select the Default profile from the pull down menu e Make any desired parameter changes as described in the applicable following section determined by network security type and click the Commit button to save the changes IMPORTANT Remember to click the Commit button after making changes to ensure the changes are saved Many versions of the SCU
27. 83 Avalanche ICON eee eee eee e cece cee ceeeeeee 239 Avalanche Network profile 239 Avalanche Network Profile Displayed 239 Avalanche Update Settings 229 B Backlight eae 68 Barcode Data Match list 107 Barcode processing a 94 Barcode Processing Examples 125 Barcode Reader Setup cece cece eee eeeeeees 85 E EQ MX7WMRG A 337 BONECOS ssa isa Grp a RS ES eee 22 BANE ARDER RARE PI RP DE DO RR T1 Battery Power 2 222 c cece c eee eee cece ce eceeeee 69 Battery State and OS Upgrade 36 246 Beam 155 Bksp Primary Keypad cl aa 313 Bluetooth About panel 83 Bluetooth Beep and LED Indications 88 Bluetooth Device 222 e cece eee eee eee 14 Bluetooth Device Menu ff Bluetooth Device Properties eee ee eee 78 Bluetooth lndicators 84 Bluetooth pane 72 Bluetooth Printer Setup 88 Bluetooth Properties panel 18 BUNONS ces yt AAP 58 C Certificates e eee eee eee ee eee 89 291 OO AT eee 292 User 296 Clean OO aa ed ee EEEE 9 Clear Type 151 Clock amp Alarms 002 2222 cece eee cece cee cee eeee 45 Code ID Enable 101 Code lDs e eee e eee 123 Cold BOL Sodekeecsd clad ae ceeedudedetbuwcdeesen ss 9 Cold Storage Battery Life 7 COM17 port settingS
28. A 96 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide COM1 Tab COM1 Tab Start Settings System Data Collection COM1 tab Factory Default Settings 28 Start Data Collection Baud Rate Data Bits 1 115200 O O 57600 D7 L 1 38400 Stop Bits L 1 19200 C 2 esm B O 4800 Parity C1 Mone L 1 2400 CO odd CJ 1200 L 1 Even Main COMI Notification Data Option oo E Scanner Control COM1 Integrated laser scanner default values are 9600 Baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit and No parity If these values are changed the default values are restored after a cold boot or after re imaging the OS Note COM1 does not support 5V switchable power on Pin 9 for tethered scanners E EQ MX7WMRG A 97 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Notification Tab Notification Tab Start Settings System Data Collection Notification tab Factory Default Settings Enable Internal Scanner Sound Enabled Good Scan Vibration Bad Scan Vibration RE Start on af om OK Data Collection Enable Internal Scanner Sound Good Scan Vibration A OFF L 7 Short L 7 Medium L Long Bad Scan Vibration R OFF L 1 Short L 1 Medium L Long Main COM1 Notification Data Optiond o Scanner Control COM1 This panel toggles internal scanner sounds on and off Internal scanner sound by default is enabled Enable Good scan vibration or Bad scan vibration when a tactile response on a good scan or b
29. Battery This panel is used to view the status and percentage of power remaining in the MX7 Tecton main battery Jacked is shown in the Status box when the Main battery is receiving external power The main battery is charged recharged when the MX7 Tecton is docked in a powered cradle or directly cabled to an external power source A Start es a Battery voltage Main 9 2523 VY Main Power remaining 10095 Status JACKED The internal battery draws power from the Main battery to maintain a charge The Super cap battery voltage and percentage of power fluctuate continuously When there is no Main battery in the unit the internal battery begins to discharge as it maintains RAM and other vital settings After a Main battery is installed the internal battery begins to draw power from the Main battery again and is fully recharged in five minutes or less Note Frequent connection to an external power source if feasible is recommended to maintain main battery charge status as the Super cap battery cannot be recharged by a dead or missing main battery E EQ MX7WMRG A 71 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Bluetooth Bluetooth Start Settings System Bluetooth Note Contact your LXE representative for upgrade availability if your Bluetooth panels are not the same as the panels presented in this section Discover and manage pairing with nearby Bluetooth devices Factory Default Settings Discovered Devices
30. Confid 229 235 Scan Config option 0 00000 000000000000000 0000an 228 Scan Config Option 235 Scan Config tab 235 Scanner Control Characters Tab 122 Script Based Launch Items 204 le AA AA 32 SCU Introduction 247 SE955 AP 93 searches for new adapters eee eee eee 241 Server Contact 00022 cee e cece eee eee eee 229 232 Server Contact Lab 232 set suspend timeouts 02222 eee eee ee eee 51 Settings 79 81 Settings OOO 0a0000000000000000000000000000000000nni 228 Settings PaneL eee e eee cece eee eee eeeeee 41 Setup AppLock oaao 2 2 22 cece cece cece eee e cee ceeeeeeeeeeeees 179 Setup new device AppLock oaao 2 2 22 eee eee cece eee cece ce ceeeeeeeeeeeees 180 siete AA AA AA 229 237 Shortcuts panel use AO0LOCK 222 eee eee e cece e eee ceceeceeees 237 Shortcuts aD eee eee cece eee 238 Sign On vs Stored Credentials 2 2222 222 267 signal quality 241 signal strength 00022 c cece eee eee eee eee 241 Soft Keys 30 Software Backup lii 2 22 e eee eee eee eeceeeeeee 25 Sounds 8 Notifications default values 53 speaker 12 E EQ MX7WMRG A 341 Start OOUOnS 2 22 2 eee cece eee eee e eee eeeeeees 38 Startup Shutdown 2 2 22 eee cece cecceeceecceeees 242 Status 229 241 Status Display 241 Status Icons
31. Connectors 20 Position D female Connector Provides cabled connection to external devices such as an audio Interface headset printer USB power connection RS 232 power connection Standard Li lon battery pack 7 4V 2200mAh In Unit and External Re Chargeable Cold Storage Li lon battery pack 7 4V 1250mAh In Unit and External Re Chargeable Display Main Battery Backup Power 2 5V Super capacitor Super cap No backup battery is used E EQ MX7WMRG A 325 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Dimensions and Weight Dimensions and Weight Length 8 8 22 3 cm Width at Display 3 4 8 6 cm Width at handgrip 2 8 7 1 cm Depth at Scanner 2 5 1 cm Depth at Battery 1 7 4 3 cm Unit with network card battery SE1524ER scanner and handle 1 6 Ibs 26 1 oz 740g Unit with network card battery SE1524ER scanner and handstrap Environmental Specifications 1 4 Ibs 22 6 oz 640g Operating Temperature 14 F to 122 F 10 C to 50 C Storage Temperature 4 F to 158 F 20 C to 70 C ESD 8 KV air 4kV direct contact Freezer Operating Temperature 30 C to 60 C Operating Humidity Up to 90 non condensing at 104 F 40 C Water and Dust IEC 60529 compliant to IP65 Vibration Based on MIL Std 810D E EQ MX7WMRG A 326 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Network Card Specifications Network Card Specifications Summit 802 11 a b g SDIO 2 4 5 0GHz AG BAR
32. Critical Low that informs the user there is not enough power in the main battery to perform the upgrade The operating system will not be able to execute the OS upgrade when the battery level is too low 25 or less as there is a high risk that the power remaining in the battery expires when executing the upgrade and the MX7 Tecton will be left in an inoperable state When main battery power level is too low connect external power to the MX7 Tecton before performing the upgrade procedure Do not disconnect external power before the upgrade process is complete The MX7 Tecton running Windows Mobile must be returned to LXE if the device is to be imaged with any other Windows operating system for example Windows CE E EQ MX7WMRG A 36 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Troubleshooting Troubleshooting The powered device won t boot up after the upgrade is finished Send the MX7 Tecton to LXE Service and Support for re imaging E EQ MX7WMRG A 37 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Start Menu Options Start Menu Options The following options represent the factory default program installation Your system may be different based on the software and hardware options purchased Use the up and down arrow keys on the MX7 Tecton to quickly scroll through the icons OT using screen touch gestures brush the window up or down with a finger or the stylus Icon Function Basic ActiveSync configur
33. E Ena kato Sadia dai scan iabiade 34 MST Tecton OS Upgrade RR TR SD RESENDE ORAR NE Ba Nos ad RDI A TER SOR AB nG o Tse rasa direita Sd EEE E in A A EEE O 35 OS and Language OpUONS ccccvanwassanapenckdusauddsaidecatsakdeteescuabdsasasyetaesinadeseeiagduasesnmdweader vaucasanan 35 Preparation a an 0000000000000 0000000000000000 00000000 a000 NAGANA ANNA TAKANG LET ALTA sind cas sie dad adiados sampaio 35 TOE EEEE ANE NS SN DU AE ee ee ee gg ISEA AE IAEA AAE 35 Battery State and OS U0grade sd densa aan es de dade da ba NG LGA AA kA 36 TRL AA 37 Start Menu OptionS aaoo NR RENO ONES DRDS SERRO PURO SURDO PAPA AY 38 Office Moe 40 SO oe hens canoes AA SAD REDE ERON RN cian 41 Personal AA 42 sa 42 Connections e cece cee eee eee eee eee nee ene eee eee ne een e eee eee anca nana 44 Settings u ee ee ee eT Te ee ee ee re eee de aa DR SSL eet ee Te eee Net AA 45 Clock 8 Alarms 222 222 e 45 I 45 L AAP E A NAN NN NN AA NGA na kaaa NA ck kaN 46 MO nA ANA AA a ANA ae KA ANAN ANA ee ee dO ART SE RR 47 LOG a NAA a GG A Aa NG KO BP AE DT BAGA GA ATA GA a a PAGA Aa 48 HPassword PA 48 EH 49 Bifio AA 50 POWER babes essas cais o GTA STO GANA NBA NAN ti dados DA DYAN bo Ras Ses aires GAGANA ALENG 51 SEC CA 51 Advanced 52 Sounds amp Notifications eae 53 QUO a a ee er a a ap O O E 53 Ma AAP 54 E EQ MX7WMRG A iii MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Co
34. Enabler should first check for serial port connection to the Mobile Device Server Connection before checking for a wireless connection to the Mobile Device Server eae Disable ActiveSync connection with the Mobile Device Server ActiveSync RES dad Default is disabled Minimum Link Speed dimmed Link Speed E EQ MX7WMRG A 230 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Execution Execution Note the dimmed options on this MX7 Tecton panel This menu option is designed to manage downloaded applications for automatic execution upon startup Avalanche Update Settings OK Execution Scan Config Shortcuts 4 Auko Execute selection Select Quto Execution App Delay before execution seconds E Execution Options Dimmed Auto Execute An application that has been installed with the Avalanche Management system can be run Selection automatically following each boot Select Auto The drop down box provides a list of applications that have been installed with the Avalanche Execute App Management System Rey os Time delay before launching Auto Execute application execution E EQ MX7WMRG A 231 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Server Contact Server Contact Avalanche Update Settings OK server Contact Preferences Disol 4 LE Sync clock Contact On startup On IP Change T On resume on ext power Periodic Update every fi dayis l at 00 00 Midnight
35. Executiontab 022022 231 Exit Password 002 22 e cece eee eee cece cece eens 242 Explore button 197 eXpress Config utility 243 eXpress Scan icon 2222 e eee eee eee eee cece eee 243 External GPS a000 0000000000000000 000222022 134 External Power cee ce eee e cece cece ee ceeeeee 70 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Index F M F Factory Default 147 File Menu Options 228 Freezer Operating Temperature 326 G Global Delay eee e eee e cece eee eeeeee 188 Good scan Bad Scan cece cee cecceeceeeeee 98 GrabTime 2 2 2 aada aaa cece eee eee cece eee eeeeeee 34 H Handle 5 PAINS WA ohh odes ee etnies eee cee ee 5 Hat Encoding 328 headphone 222 e cece cece e cece cece ceceeceeeeees 12 CGE use isc a a a pa GG ld raid 144 Help 248 HHP Properties 127 l O Port and Cables 2 ee cece eee cece e cece eeeees 3 Icon on taskbar 238 Identifying Software Versions 57 Imager Aperture 0 e eee eee eee eee cece eeeeees 4 Input Method 60 Installed Programs 20 cce cece eceeceeceeeee 31 Installed Software e 25 Installing Applications 177 Installing Root Certificate on MX7 Tecton 295 Installing the Enabler on LXE Devices 222 Internet Explorer 169 AppLock oaao 2 22 2 ee eee cece cece eee eeceeceeeeeeeeees 184 Intro
36. Failed error code There was a problem executing the program LaunchCmd Sag Beate Pelee tr SetRegKey There was a problem creating the registry key given ds ney a DelRegKey There was a problem deleting the registry key given Say iaiaaeaia DelRegData There was a problem deleting the registry data Most likely a bad subkey o Tea EE SetRegData There was a problem setting the registry data Most likely a bad subkey a plain iaaiiai Shortcut There was a problem encountered creating the shortcut Unable to open file script file There was a problem opening the script file This message is only displayed when manually running Launch E EQ MX7WMRG A 220 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Example Script File Example Script File iffile System applock cab launchemd Windows wceload exe noaskdest noui System applock cab w launch Windows applockprep exe c endiffile launchemd Windows wceload exe noaskdest noui System wedge cab w iffile System summit cab launchemd Windows wceload exe noaskdest noui System summit cab w endiffile iffile System RFTerm cab launchemd Windows wceload exe noaskdest noui System RFTerm cab w endiffile iffile System Java cab launchemd Windows wceload exe noaskdest noui System Java cab w launchemd Windows wceload exe noaskdest noui Windows Jeode cab w endiffile launch System regrest exe w coldboot Software Development See Also
37. File Explorer Configurable Today Screen Listing The items displayed in the Today screen listing can be configured from Start Settings Today Items For more information please see Today settings later in this section Date When the Date is enabled to display on the Today screen the date is displayed on the left side of the screen and the time is displayed on the right side If there are any alarms set a bell icon is displayed under the current time For more information please see the Clock amp Alarm settings section Device Unlocked Device Locked When the MX7 Tecton is unlocked tapping on Device unlocked locks the MX7 Tecton When the MX7 Tecton is locked tapping on Unlock at the bottom of the screen unlocks the MX7 Tecton Depending on the settings a password may be required The MX7 Tecton can also be configured to lock after a period of inactivity For more information please see the Lock settings E EQ MX7WMRG A 28 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Notification Bar Notification Bar The Notification Bar is displayed at the top of the Today screen The notification bar remains visible even when other screens are selected though the icons displayed may vary When the Notification bar is displayed on other screens there may be an X close the current screen program or an ok accept the current input and close the screen eal mem The Windows Mobile Wireless Manager is managing the wir
38. Getting Started ata c x 5 Set date and time SA Set up e mail Set up a device password This application provides several wizards to walk a user through device configuration G Setup PL B synchronization Pa Set background E EQ MX7WMRG A 164 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Standard Microsoft Applications Table of Contents Set Up and Navigate Your Phone Sync Your Contacts Calendar E mail Tasks and Notes Send and Receive E mail and SMS Set Up Bluetooth and Wi Fi Access Windows Mobile help system on the MX7 Tecton Options to Browse the Weh search using Windows Live Search are available Settings and Security More Information Help for Added Programs Internet Sharing RE Internet Sharing e x Status Disconnected Pi Connection Network Connection Internet Sharing Setup PC Connection and Network Connection Connect Eg E EQ MX7WMRG A 165 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Standard Microsoft Applications RE Notes e Ci Notes Notebook application Select Menu View Recording Toolbar to create an audio note Can be synchronized with PC Outlook notes using ActiveSync Pictures and Video 2 Pictures amp videos we CUX EI My Pictures Date Pictures and Video Picture video viewer application Can be syn chronized with PC My Documents folder using ActiveSync E EQ MX7WMRG A 166 MX7 Tecton
39. Install the User Certificate After installation perform a Suspend Resume 7 Verify installation Oo E EQ MX7WMRG A 291 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Generating a Root CA Certificate Generating a Root CA Certificate Note It is important that all dates are correct on the MX7 Tecton and host computers when using any type of certificate Certificates are date sensitive and if the date is not correct authentication will fail The easiest way to get the root CA certificate is to use a browser on a PC to navigate to the Certificate Authority To request the root CA certificate open a browser to http lt CA IP address gt certsrv Sign into the CA with any valid username and password Connecting to 100 100 100 100 Remember my password Logon to Certificate Authority E EQ MX7WMRG A 292 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Generating a Root CA Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services Welcome Use this Web site to request a certificate for your Web browser e mail client or other program By using a certificate you can verify your identity to people you communicate with over the Web sign and encrypt messages and depending upon the type of certificate you request perform other security tasks You can also use this Web site to download a certificate authority ILA certificate certificate chain or certificate revocation list CELI or to view the status of a pending
40. LXE CE API Programming Guide The LXE CE API Programming Guide documents LXE specific API calls for the MX7 Tecton It is intended as an addition to the standard Microsoft Windows Mobile API documentation A Software Developers Kit SDK and additional information about software development can be found on the LXE Developer Portal For more information and to access the portal go to www Ixe com developer or contact your LXE representative E EQ MX7WMRG A 221 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Enabler Installation and Configuration Enabler Installation and Configuration Introduction This section discusses LXE supported features with Wavelink Avalanche Mobile Device Servers This section is split into three basic areas e Installation e User Interface e Enabler Configuration Installation To use the Wavelink Avalanche MC System the following items are required e A desktop or laptop PC on which to install the Avalanche MC Console e A desktop or laptop PC on which to install the Avalanche Mobile Device Server this can be the same PC where the Ava lanche MC Console is installed e Wavelink Avalanche MC Console 4 2 or later e A Wavelink Device License for each client device To use Avalanche Remote Control the follow additional items are required e Wavelink Remote Control plug in 2 0 or later e A Wavelink Remote Control License for each client device Installing the Enabler on LXE Devices LXE devices h
41. MX7 Tecton Files installed in LXE mobile devices that are configured for a wireless environment usually contain a radio specific driver the driver for the radio is specific to the manufacturer of the radio installed in the wireless host environment and is not interchangeable Software Load The software loaded on the MX7 Tecton computer consists of Windows Mobile Operating System hardware specific OEM Adaptation Layer device drivers Internet Explorer for Windows Mobile browser and MX7 Tecton specific utilities The software supported by the MX7 Tecton is summarized below Operating System Full Operating System License Includes all operating system components including Windows Mobile kernel file system communications connectivity for remote APIs device drivers events and messaging graphics keyboard and touchscreen Input window management and common controls Network and Device Drivers Bluetooth Option LXE AppLock Option RFTerm VT220 TN5250 TN3270 Terminal Emulation Option LXE API Routines Note Contact your LXE representative to get access to CAB files as they are released by LXE Software Backup Application programs and data that are normally RAM resident are backed up via ActiveSync E EQ MX7WMRG A 25 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Version Control Version Control Version numbers are applied to the boot loader and the OS image independently The version information stored consi
42. Notes Disabled 2 Settings sd c ME Settings Owner Information Owner Information Address Identification Notes Options Identification Notes Options Owner Information Settings Enter the information and tap ok to save the changes The changes take effect immediately Note Owner Identification name listed in Start Settings Personal Owner Information is not used during Bluetooth operation E EQ MX7WMRG A 63 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Owner Information RE Settings sd c Owner Information When the device is turned on display Identification Notes Options Owner Information Settings Options Panel If owner information and notes are entered use the options on this screen to enable the owner information and or notes to be displayed at startup o Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the a X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 64 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide System Panels System Panels About Start Settings System About The About panels show OS versions allow device name and description input and display copyright information Version az Settings ca Windows Mobile 6 5 Classic CE OS 5 2 21840 Build 21840 5 0 60 2009 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved This computer program is protected b
43. Primary Backspace This keypad resembles the ANSI Primary Delete keypad with the exception that the Del key function on the ANSI Primary Delete keypad is replaced by the BkSp key function When using a sequence of keys that includes a sticky key press the sticky key first release it then press the rest of the key sequence When using a sequence of keys that includes the Orange or Blue keys press the color key first then the rest of the key sequence Alphabetic keys default to lower case letters Press the Shft key then the alphabetic key for an uppercase letter When the computer boots the default condition of Caps or CapsLock is Off The Caps or CapsLock condition can be toggled with Blue plus Tab key sequence E EQ MX7WMRG A 15 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Using the 32 Key Numeric with Triple Click Alpha Using the 32 Key Numeric with Triple Click Alpha q HORS 1 oo LY i a P S E 09 6 0 0 sis F re at f ga i N o e When using a sequence of keys that require an alpha key first press the Alph key Use the Shft sticky key or the Caps key sequence Blue Tab for upper case alphabetic characters Pressing the Alph key forces Alpha mode for the 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 and 9 keys The 1 and O keys continue to place a 1 and O into the text field To create a combination of numbers and letters before pressing Enter remembe
44. Reference Guide Initial Configuration e The target Bluetooth device should be as close as possible up to 32 8 ft 10 meters Line of Sight to the MX7 Tecton during the pairing process Assumption The System Administrator has Discovered and Paired targeted Bluetooth devices for the MX7 Tecton The MX7 Tecton operating system has been upgraded to the revision level required for Bluetooth client operation An application or API is available that will accept data from serial Bluetooth devices Initial Configuration 1 2 3 Select Start Settings System Bluetooth or tap the Bluetooth icon at the bottom of the Today panel Tap the Settings Tab Change the Computer Friendly Name at the bottom of the Settings display The Bluetooth MX7 Tecton default name is determined by the factory installed software version LXE strongly urges assigning every MX7 Tecton a unique name up to 32 characters before Bluetooth Discovery is initiated Check or uncheck the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth options on the Settings tab and the Reconnect tab Tap the OK button to save your changes Subsequent Use Note Today panel and Bluetooth device Icon states change as Bluetooth devices are discovered paired connected and disconnected A Today panel Bluetooth icon with a red background indicates Bluetooth is active and not paired with any device A device icon with a red background indicates a disconnected paired device 1 2 3 Oo NOD A 10 11
45. Run EXE file e Run EXE file using specified parameters e Run BAT file e Process REG file e Copy file with or without overwriting of existing file e Delete file e Create directory e Remove directory e Add Update a registry field e Delete a registry field e Add a registry subkey e Delete a registry key e Display an on screen message message requires OK to continue e Conditional commands based on existence of file or folder e Conditional commands based on device type e End block of conditional commands e Create a shortcut e Perform a Suspend Resume Restart is not useful in this context The script developer has the option of pausing script file execution until the current action completes or continuing script file processing The script developer is also able to pause for a specified number of milliseconds between commands The utility also processes REG files using the same format as the legacy Launch Utility It does this by calling the RegLoad utility It can also process BAT files by calling the Command Prompt utility This utility allows the user to configure separate processing for Suspend Resume and Cold Boot e By default Enhanced Launch processes both registry entries and scripts if present There are registry settings to ena ble disable processing of both types of files e Script files may have the extension CLD for cold boot or WRM for warm boot With this extension they may be clicked to execute
46. Switching to admin The system is currently in user mode and is now switching to admin mode The switch LOG backdoor occurred because of the backdoor key presses were entered by the administrator PROCESSING Switching to admin The system is currently in user mode and is now switching to admin mode The switch LOG hotkey press occurred because of a hotkey press by the administrator PROCESSING The keyboard hook load failed so AppLock switches to admin mode If a password is LOG Kasing the password prompt is displayed and remains until a valid password is PROCESSING The registry read failed The registry information read when this message is logged is the Registry read failure application information It the Administration key cannot be opened or if the AppName LOG ERROR Switching to admin kbdhook dll not found Switching to admin If the keyboard hook initialization fails AppLock switches to admin mode If a password is keyboard hook specified the password prompt is displayed and remains until a valid password is initialization failure entered LOG PROCESSING See the explanation of the Registry read failure above AppLock is switching into Admin mode If a password has been configured the prompt will be displayed and will not be dismissed until a valid password is entered GAL In administration mode the taskbar is visible and enabled LOG EX TaskbarScreenMode dis The registry was successfully read and AppLock is starting the p
47. To use Stored Credentials click on the Credentials button No entries are necessary for Sign On Credentials as the user will be prompted for the Username and Password when connecting to the network E EQ MX7WMRG A 2 4 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide LEAP AZ Summit Client Utility Ge a LEAP Credentials Enter the Domain Username if the Domain is required otherwise enter the Username Enter the password Click OK then click Commit Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network E EQ MX7WMRG A 275 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide PEAP MSCHAP PEAP MSCHAP To use PEAP MSCHAP make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to PEAP MSCHAP e Set Encryption to WPA TKIP e Set Auth Type to Open To use another encryption type select WPA CCKM WPA2 AES or WPA2 CCKM for encryption and complete other entries as detailed in this section 29 Summit Client Utility OLA OK Edit Profile Eta SUE SSID Encryption EAP Type WPA TKIP PEAP MISCHAP lt Main Profile Status Diags Global PEAP MSCHAP Profile Configuration See Sign On vs Stored Credentials for information on entering credentials Click the Credentials button e No entries except the CA Certificate Filenam
48. Turn On Bluetooth Enabled Computer is connectable Enabled Computer is discoverable Disabled Prompt if devices request to pair Enabled Filtered Mode Enabled Disabled unchecked by default in both Filtered Printer Port on COM9 and Non Filtered Modes The option is dimmed in Non Filtered Mode Computer Friendly Name System Name Reconnect Report lost connection Report when reconnected Report failure to reconnect Clear Pairing Table on boot Auto Reconnect on Boot Bluetooth icon at the bottom of the Today panel state and Bluetooth device Icon states change as Bluetooth devices are discovered paired connected and disconnected There may be audible or visual signals as paired devices re connect with the MX7 Tecton e The default Bluetooth setting is On e The MX7 Tecton cannot be discovered by other Bluetooth devices when the Computer is discoverable option is dis abled unchecked on the Settings panel e Other Bluetooth devices cannot be discovered if they have been set up to be Non Discoverable or Invisible e When Filtered Mode is enabled the MX7 Tecton can pair with one Bluetooth scanner and one Bluetooth printer e When Filtered Mode is disabled the MX7 Tecton can pair with up to four Bluetooth devices connected at the same time e Itis not necessary to disconnect a paired scanner and printer before a different scanner or printer is paired with the MX7 Tecton E EQ MX7WMRG A 72 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile
49. Wireless Client The MX7 Tecton has an LXE 802 11 network card that supports diversity with two internal antennas The CPU board does not allow hot swapping the network card WEP WPA and LEAP are supported Central Processing Unit The CPU is an 806MHz Intel Xscale PXA320 CPU The operating system is Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 5 The OS image is stored on an internal SD flash card and is loaded into DRAM for execution Turbo mode is supported and turned on by default The MX7 Tecton supports the following I O components of the core logic e One SD card slot under the main battery pack e One serial port e One Digitizer Input port Touchscreen Program CAB files utilities wireless drivers the registry and registry backup information are stored in internal Flash E EQ MX7WMRG A 10 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide System Memory System Memory The CPU configuration supports 256MB on board flash The system optimizes for the amount of RAM available Internal flash is used for boot loader code and system low level diagnostics code Bootloader code is validated at system startup Internal SD Memory Card The MX7 Tecton has one SD Memory card slot for Expansion Memory located in the main battery well and protected by a rubber flap 1GB and 4GB flash memory cards are available from LXE Video Subsystem The touchscreen is a 3 5 8 9 cm diagonal viewing area Ya VGA 320 by 240 pixel TFT Reflective Active
50. amp Alarms Pag Ba lt Description gt ih Sigel WTF S 6 00 AM lt Description gt SIT W TE 2 lt Description gt Sigel We TFS 6 00 AM Time Alarms More Clock amp Alarms Settings Alarms Panel Toset an alarm 1 Tapthe checkbox to enable the alarm Tap lt Description gt and enter a description The description is limited to 63 characters Tap the day or days to play the alarm Tap the time to set the time to play the alarm Set the time and tap ok to retum to the Alarms panel Tap the Bell icon to set the notification Notifications may include sound light flash the Alpha LED flashes and vibra tion Set the desired options and tap ok to return to the Alarms panel 6 Tap ok when finished to dismiss the Alarms panel a G M E EQ MX7WMRG A 46 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide More More ME Settings sd cd Clock amp Alarms Display the clock on the title bar in all programs a Sound alarms even when the device is set ko silent or vibrate Time Alarms More Clock amp Alarms Settings More Panel Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 47 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Lock Lock Start Settings Lock Password Set the lock unlock behavior for the MX7 Tecton Factory
51. any changes E EQ MX7WMRG A 60 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Word Completion Word Completion Factory Default Settings 2 Settings ed Co Suggest words when entering text Suggest after entering Suggest words Add a space after word Clear Stored Entries Enable Auto Correct Input Method Word Completion Options Input Settings Word Completion Panel E EQ MX7WMRG A 61 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Options Options Factory Default Settings Voice recording format 8000 Hz 8 Bit Mono ME Settings a 4 C OK voice recording Format 8 000 Hz 8 Bit Mono 8 KB s Default zoom level For writing 20096 Default zoom level For typing 10086 Capitalize First letter of sentence Scroll upon reaching the last line Input Method Word Completion Options Input Settings Options Panel i Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the a X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 62 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Owner Information Owner Information Start Settings Personal Owner Information Set the MX7 Tecton owner details Factory Default Settings Identification Name Company Address Telephone E mail Notes Notes Blank Options When the device is tumed on display PO Identification information Disabled
52. attempt to pry open the battery pack shell e Be careful when handling any battery If a battery is broken or shows signs of leakage do not attempt to charge it Dispose of it using proper procedures Caution Nickel based cells contain a chemical solution which burns skin eyes etc Leakage from cells is the only possible way for such exposure to occur In this event rinse the affected area thoroughly with water If the solution contacts the eyes get immediate medical attention NiMH and Li lon batteries are capable of delivering high currents when accidentally shorted Accidental shorting can occur when contact is made with jewelry metal surfaces conductive tools etc making the objects very hot Never place a battery in a pocket or case with keys coins or other metal objects E EQ MX7WMRG A 23 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Software Introduction Operating System There are several different aspects to the setup and configuration of the MX7 Tecton Many of the setup and configuration settings are dependent upon the optional features such as hardware and software installed on the mobile device The examples found in this section are to be used as examples only because the configuration of your specific MX7 Tecton may vary The following sections provide a general reference for the configuration of the MX7 Tecton and some of its optional features Note LXE recommends frequently charging the MX7 Tecton battery us
53. attempted to pair with a known device but the reason why reconnect failed is unknown This option is Disabled unchecked by default When enabled checked all previous paired information is deleted upon any reboot sequence and no devices are reconnected When enabled checked Auto Reconnect on Boot is automatically disabled dimmed This option is Enabled checked by default All previously paired devices are reconnected upon any reboot sequence When disabled unchecked no devices are reconnected upon any reboot sequence This option is Enabled checked by default This option controls the overall mobile Bluetooth device reconnect behavior When Auto Reconnect is disabled unchecked Auto Reconnect on Boot is automatically disabled and dimmed When Auto Reconnect is disabled unchecked no devices are reconnected in any situation The status of Auto Reconnect on Boot is ignored and no devices are reconnected on boot The status of Clear Pairing Table on Boot controls whether the pairing table is populated on boot When Auto Reconnect is enabled checked and Auto Reconnect on Boot is disabled unchecked devices are not reconnected on boot but are reconnected in other situations example return from out of range When Auto Reconnect is enabled checked and Clear Pairing Table on Boot is enabled checked devices are not reconnected on boot but are reconnected in other situations example return from out of range
54. created updated The value of the field being created This depends on the type of field Binary fields can have many values up to 2000 bytes In this case the data field holds the number of bytes in the binary field and each byte is given as a subsequent parameter in hexadecimal data2 data3 etc Setregdata IM WidgetsPlc Info s AppName The Widget Program Setregdata LM WidgetsPlc Info dx HexField FASB Setregdata IM WidgelsPlEe Info b 5 03 62 58 1f1 90 E EQ MX7WMRG A 216 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch Description Adds a sub key to the registry Syntax Setregkey key subkey Parameters key The abbreviated major registry key where you want to create the subkey Can be one of e cr or hkcr HKEY CLASSES ROOT e CU Or hkcu HKEY CURRENT USER e Im or hklm HKEY LOCAL MACHINE The case of key doesn t matter subkey The subkey you want to create Example Setregkey LM Software MyApp Notes Attempting to create a key that already exists does not cause an error E EQ MX7WMRG A 217 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch Shortcut Description Creates a shortcut Syntax Shortcut name target Parameters name The path and name of the shortcut file The file name must end in Ink for Windows to recognize it as a short cut target The target of the shortcut If the target has a space in it quote marks must be used
55. data is added to the next empty location in the Custom ID list ma Tap on an empty line in the Custom ID list The Add button changes to Insert Enter data into both Insert the Name and ID Code fields and tap the Insert button The data is added to the selected line in the Custom IDs list Double tap on the item to edit Its values are copied to the text boxes for editing The Add button Edit changes to Replace When Replace is tapped the values for the current item in the list are updated Clear All When no item in the Custom IDs list is selected tapping the Clear All button clears the Custom ID list and any text written and not yet added or inserted in the Name and ID Code text boxes The Clear All button changes to a Remove button when an item in the Custom IDs list is selected Remove Tap the desired line item and then tap the Remove button to delete it Line items are Removed one at a time Contents of the text box fields are cleared at the same time Notes e Prefix and Suffix data is always added on after stripping is complete and is not affected by any stripping settings e If the stripping configuration results in a O length barcode a good beep will still be emitted since barcode data was read from the scanner E EQ MX7WMRG A 108 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Match List Rules Match List Rules The data in the match list is processed by the rules listed below Strings in the list will b
56. display a reminder if the Commit button is not clicked before an attempt is made to close or browse away from the tab in focus if there are unsaved changes If changes are made to the stored credentials click Commit to save those changes first before making any additional changes No Security To connect to a wireless network with no security make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to None e Set Encryption to None e Set Auth Type to Open 29 Summit Client Utility Ge a Edit Profile LAGA SDC Encryption EAP Type Main Profile Status Diags Global No Security Profile Configuration Once configured click the Commit button Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network E EQ MX7WMRG A 271 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide WEP WEP To connect using WEP make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to None e Set Encryption to WEP e Set Auth Type to Open 29 Summit Client Utility OLA OK Edit Profile EC SARE Encryption EAP Type Main Profile Status Diags Global WEP Profile Configuration E EQ MX7WMRG A 272 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide WEP Click the WEP keys P
57. domain name to the beginning of the list of servers You can then optionally delete the remainder of the list e Copy the modified GrabTime ini to the My Device Windows folder on the MX7 Tecton Enhanced Launch Launch is a utility that runs automatically at startup A partial list of Enhanced Launch functions includes e Launcha CAB file e Runan EXE or BAT file e Process a REG file e Manipulate files and directories e Modify registry keys e Perform conditional operations Note The Enhanced Launch utility does not interact with or affect the AppLock Launch command For a complete list of Launch functions including commands and command structure please see Launch Utility E EQ MX7WMRG A 34 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide MX7 Tecton OS Upgrade MX7 Tecton OS Upgrade Introduction Depending on the size of the operating system the total time required for a successful upgrade may require several minutes The OS upgrade files are unique to your MX7 Tecton physical configuration and date of manufacture OS upgrade files designed for one device configuration should not be used on a different device configuration OS and Language Options The MX7 Tecton running Windows Mobile must be returned to the manufacturer LXE if the device is to be re imaged with any other Windows operating system for example Windows CE 6 Same Language to During the upgrade process all settings revert to factory defaults Parameters
58. e ee eee 30 Status E PAA 18 Status Panel POD OC assina ss ad a TD fa A N 193 Status POPUP a 143 Status DOUG een 143 Status tab 241 sic fi caio dia ieee a a en eect 259 Stop Enabler Montoning 223 SubsequentUse en 73 Summit Client Utility 2222222022222 247 Summit Tray ICON aaao e eee ce cee cece eceeceecees 248 Super cap Internal Battery 0000000000000000000000000n 23 SUSPENG a a a 9 Symbologies dialog 103 Symbology Settings nn 102 Symbology Settings for HHP 111 Sync Clock 232 System Panels 2 2 2 2 cece cece cece ee eeeeees 42 65 T Task Manager eee ceeceecceeceeceeeeees 153 Taskbar 0000000000 229 234 Technical specifications Sieen Lee AA 26 version control 2 22 22 e cece cece cece cece ceeeeee 26 Technical S0ecincaiiOng 325 Tecton Mixer pDanela 2022 ee ee eee eee 140 Temperature and Humid 326 Text Size a0000 000000000 0000000000000000 152 TOUY PA PP 55 Today Screen 21 trademarks eee cece ee eee 2 Translate All 122 Translate control Codes 122 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Index U W Troubleshooting 22 22 e eee cece eee ceeeeeeees T AppLock Hassword eee eececceceeees 182 Install PKG DR O 178 network and wireless settings 240 Upgrade ieee cee cece cece cece eeeeeeeeees 3 Troubleshoo
59. from the File Explorer When clicked directly the extensions do not matter a script ending in CLD does not have to be preceded by a suspend resume Enhanced Launch Utility Use The Enhanced Launch Utility can be used at OS startup to execute commands from a script file or to launch programs The user can configure scripts or registry entries for different operation after Warm Boot and Restart Use of scripts and registry entries is documented in the following sections E EQ MX7WMRG A 204 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide File Names File Names From a Restart Launch tries to find the file JmpStart cld but from a Warm Boot it looks for JmpStart wrm The Launch program can also be run manually Unless it is given a file as part of the command line it tries to run Launch txt The script file may be in ASCII or Unicode When trying to find a script file Launch looks in the following locations in sequence root directory of the Flash System JmpStart xxx root directory of the SD card SD Card JmpStart xxx In addition a script file can be written with a cld or wrm extension and can be double clicked to run from the File Explorer Command line structure Each command takes up one line Every command uses the format COMMAND PARAMETER1 PARAMETER2 etc Parameters are separated by a single comma If a parameter requires a comma within it the whole parameter must be enclosed in quote marks Extra
60. from the external scanner and then the rejection of scanned barcode data by the processing causes a bad scan beep on the same data E EQ MX7WMRG A 126 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide HHP Properties HHP Properties When the MX7 Tecton is equipped with an HHP imager this option is used to configure imager parameters BE Start Ta FH HHP Properties ok X Centering Centering Top Bottom Left Right Mode Range Sir time Lights HHP Properties ow Aga Centering The centering feature is used to allow the user to accurately scan a selected barcode among a group of barcodes that are located closely together When centering is turned on the imager will only decode barcodes that intersect the centering window defined by the user The centering window must intersect the center of the barcode The default centering settings define a 60 pixel square area in the center of the imager s field of view The default is disabled When enabled the following parameters may be entered Top Valid 0 239 Default 120 Bottom Valid 240 479 Default 360 Left Valid 0 319 Default 188 Right Valid 320 639 Default 564 E EQ MX7WMRG A 127 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide HHP Properties COR SS In Standard mode the imager will decode both linear and 2 D symbologies In Aggressive Linear Decode mode the imager will only read linear symbolog
61. in a predictable sequence The Delay field is used to add a delay after the item is loaded before the next is loaded The delay is given in seconds and defaults to O if not specified If the install fails or the file to be installed is not found the delay does not occur The PCMCIA field is used to indicate that the file usually a CAB file being loaded is a radio driver and the PCMCIA slots must be started after this file is loaded By default the PCMCIA slots are off on power up to prevent the Uniden tified PCMCIA Slot dialog from appearing Once the drivers are loaded the slot can be turned on The value in the PCMCIA field is a DWORD representing the number of seconds to wait after installing the CAB file but before acti vating the slot a latency to allow the thread loading the driver to finish installation The default value of O means the slot is not powered on The default values for the default radio drivers listed below is 1 meaning one second elapses between the CAB file loading and the slot powering up Note that the auto launch process can also launch batch files BAT executable files EXE registry setting files REG or sound files WAV The mechanism is the same as listed above but the appropriate OS application is called depending on file type E EQ MX7WMRG A 202 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Launch Startup options Launch Startup options The Launch utility uses regist
62. mobile device with a Windows CE OS with the exception of the HX3 AppLock configuration instructions are located in the MX7 Tecton reference guide Avalanche Update Settings OK Taskbar HU Note These settings are only applied to the taskbar if the Enabler UI is active Display State ry Normal Hidden C7 Locked Settings Mo Relevant Settings Taskbar Options The Display State options control the appearance of the taskbar while using the Enabler interface e Normal taskbar is visible taskbar icons function normally e Hidden taskbar is not displayed e Locked taskbar is visible but most icons are hidden or for information only E EQ MX7WMRG A 234 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Scan Config Scan Config LXE recommends using LXE eXpress Config and eXpress Scan for this function eXpress Scan is included with the updated MX7 Tecton enablers Avalanche Update Settings OK Scan Config shortcuts Adapters 4L Use Scan Wedge T Run Scan Wedge con BE Close Scan Wedge on Exit Enabler Scan Mot Present Scan Config is Enabled Auto Display Scan Config Scan Config Option Scan Config functionality is a standard option of the Wavelink Avalanche MC system but is not currently supported by LXE on the MX7 Tecton E EQ MX7WMRG A 235 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Display Display Avalanche Update Settings OK Display Taskbar Execution gran 4 gt
63. na2ni 138 Menu Options Enabier eee eee eee 229 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Index N R MIX as asian e do dee DEE SO CR EO a ps ee 140 Mobile Device Server not Tound 223 Mobile Device Wireless and Network Settings 224 Modes AppLock oaao 2 02 2 cece eee cece e cece ce ceeceeeeeeeeees 181 Monitor and launch Enabler 233 Monitor for updates 233 MX7 Cold Storage Configuration 2 22 22200 19 N Network Card Settings 159 Network Card S0oeciTcatiiong 327 No security Tae AA 271 Notification Bar 0 22222 e eee eee eee eee e ee 29 Notification Tab 98 Numeric Alpha Keypad eee eee T O OCR setup examples 120 Office Mobile Applications eee eee 31 Optional Software RETO AAO 33 Options 141 OS and Language Qptions a 35 OS Upgrade Introduction AA 35 Owner Information 63 P Package File installation 177 Package files 177 Password AppLock eee 182 AppLock SaveAs 2 eee eee eee c cee eeeeeceeees 194 Enabler control panel 228 EO sauna na Ea eines ea eens dees ia E 242 2 SRS OD ESE RR ERR Oe ee See eee 8 LOCK CO 8 E EQ MX7WMRG A 340 PEAP GTC DUM RAG OS ago ssslissrssresEassadcosEss mess ass as ainiGass 279 PEAP MSCHAP Summit Radio 2 6 Periodic Update 232 Peripherals a 144 Personal Panels
64. neenaeendeasaneeentneen 26 Startup Folders and Launch Sequences aa 26 Today Screen 21 TITL a AA EE O GA BADA O AA AR SG ERR eet Re RR A 28 Configurable Today Screen Listing eae 28 B AA AA 28 Device Unlocked Device Locked 2 2 0 2 ecient ee tee eee eee eee cece eee e eee eeeeees 28 LEi E ei qa carey atts nea aa RE AA AA PAPA Ca SS 29 Status ICONS css di id RU rn SE rd id a O E Sd ES 30 PO na enc ORE CS Usa casa ER nabo dad pd E e ia GU Cas AS E SPECO sd et eee eee 30 aire se Pap AA E RD RAR SR EDER O 31 Internet Explorer Mobile a 31 Office Mobile Applications 2 icc cece eee eee cece cece eee ee eee eee eee ceeeeseeceeceeeeseeseeeeees 31 ActiveSync occa ias io ose Sumeteneegemeund oeeesdienstaeiwbes bac hioheedaeereecadateateanines 31 E EQ MX7WMRG A ii MXY7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents AppLock 0 9 cc 31 si 32 SCU Summit Client Utility eee enero 32 eU AA AA AAP 32 Windows Media 32 Bluetooth Optional aaa aaa aaa 32 LXE RFTerm Optional 00 000 00aa0aa oaao aoaaa aaao 00a aoao a000 LLLP DLLD LDDP L DLLD D22222 a22 33 CS AA 33 LXECONNCEL ccccdcctewinmesdcetnadieipesuacncasussadnbbesaechdGueduetasdgacicont cuiiensewasaceebaidodensuanendeeenskaleadaus 34 Grab TIME AA 34 Synchronize with a local time server aaa 34 Enhanced Launch 000000000000000 0000000000000000 cb Eds EdUdN o Ss
65. of each type of stripping is defined below Leading This strips the number of characters specified from the beginning of the collected data not including Code ID The data is stripped unconditionally This action is disabled by default Trailing This strips the number of characters specified from the end of the collected data not including Code ID The data is stripped unconditionally This action is disabled by default Code ID Strips the Code ID based on the type code ID specified in the Enable Code ID field in the Data Options tab By default Code ID stripping is enabled for every symbology meaning code IDs will be stripped unless specifically configured otherwise E EQ MX7WMRG A 106 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Barcode Data Match List Barcode Data Match List Barcode Data Panel This panel is used to strip data that matches the entry in the Match list from the barcode Enter the data to be stripped in the text box and tap the Insert or Add button The entry is added to the Match list BE Start Barcode Data To remove an entry from the Match list highlight the entry in the list and tap the Remove button Tap ok to store any additions deletions or changes E EQ MX7WMRG A 107 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Barcode Data Match Edit Buttons Barcode Data Match Edit Buttons Add Entering data into the text entry box enables the Add button Tap the Add button and the
66. older version than installed Status unsuccessful The update could not be installed because the update has already been installed or the package file is an earlier version than the version currently installed on the MX7 Tecton Tap Done to exit the update process Note The message that the update could not be installed and is deleted only means that the scheduled update was deleted The package file IS NOT deleted and remains on the storage card Contact your LXE representative or your system administrator for more information on package versions E EQ MX7WMRG A 178 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Administration for AppLock Administration for AppLock Introduction LXE s AppLock is designed to be run on LXE certified Windows based devices only LXE loads the AppLock program as part of the LXE customer installation process MX7 Tecton AppLock is setup by the Administrator by tapping Start Settings System Administration Configuration parameters are specified by the AppLock Administrator for the MX7 Tecton end user AppLock is password protected by the Administrator End user mode locks the end user into the configured application or applications The end user can still reboot the mobile device and respond to dialog boxes The administrator specified applications are automatically launched in the specified order and run in full screen mode when the MX7 Tecton boots up When the mobile device is reset to fa
67. or next configured application respectively E EQ MX7WMRG A 187 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Launch Button Launch Button When clicked displays the Launch options panel for the Filename selected on the Administration panel Application Launch Opti ok X Launch Retries p Delay Auto Re launch Retries p Delay b Manual Allow Close Application Launch Options Note Launch order is determined by the Order specified in the Application tab The Order value does not have to be sequential Auto At Boot Default is Enabled Auto At Boot When enabled automatically launches subject to the specified Delay in seconds the application after the unit is rebooted If a Delay in seconds is specified AppLock waits for the specified period of time to expire before launching the application The Delay default value is 10 seconds valid values are between 0 no delay and a maximum of 999 seconds Retries This is the number of times the application launch will be retried if a failure occurs when the application is automatically launched at bootup Valid values are between 0 no tries and 99 tries or 1 for infinite Infinite tries ends when the application successfully launches The default is O retries Delay This timer is the time that AppLock waits prior to the initial launch of the selected application when it is automatically launched at bootup Delay default is 10 seconds
68. rates with B and G rates preferred Ad Hoc when connecting to another client device instead of an AP Default BGA Rates Full for 802 11a b g radio It is important the Radio Mode parameter correspond to the AP to which the device is to connect For example if this parameter is set to G rates only the MX7 Tecton may only connect to APs set for G rates and not those set for B and G rates E EQ MX7WMRG A 258 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Status Tab Status Tab Start Settings System Wi Fi Status tab 22 Summit Client Utility Ge a Profile Default Status Associated Device Name Unnamed IP 100 100 100 100 MAC DU 17 22 00 00 UU AP Mame AP IP 100 100 100 200 MAC 00 1 0 45 00 00 00 Beacon Period 100 OTIM 2 Connection Channel 3 Bit Rate 2 Mbps Tx Power 50 my Main Profile Status Diags Global SCU Status Tab This screen provides information on the radio The profile being used The status of the radio card down associated authenticated etc Client information including device name IP address and MAC address Information about the Access Point AP maintaining the connection to the network including AP name IP address and MAC address Channel currently being used for wireless traffic Bit rate in Mbit Current transmit power in mW Beacon period the time between AP beacons in kilo microseconds one kilo microsecond 1 024 microseconds DTIM i
69. received AppLock starts a timer to restart LOG ulein ames the application This message logs that the timer has expired and the processing is atthe PROCESSING beginning of the timer function Enter Entering the function that switches the screen to non full screen mode and enable the LOG TaskbarScreenMode taskbar PROCESSING Enter ToAdmin Entering the function that handles a mode switch into admin mode sche 9 PROCESSING Enter ToUser Entering the function that handles the mode switch to user mode LO laas S PROCESSING Enter verify password Entering the password verification processin LO p g me p p 9 PROCESSING Exit AppLockEnumWindows Found Exit AppLockEnumWindows Not found Exit DecryptPwd Exiting password decryption processing a maana E EQ MX7WMRG A 332 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide There are two exit paths from the enumeration function This message denotes the LOG enumeration function found the application PROCESSING There are two exit paths from the enumeration function This message denotes the LOG enumeration function did not find the application PROCESSING Message Explanation and or corrective action Level LOG Exit EncryptPwd Exiting password encryption processing PROCESSING Exit FullScreenMode Exiting the function that switches the screen to full screen La E 9 PROCESSING Exit GetAppInfo Processing is at the end of the function that retrieved the application information
70. request For more information about Certificate Services see Certificate Services Documentation Select a task Request a certificate View the status of a pending certificate request Download a CA certificate certificate chain or CEL Certificate Services Welcome Screen Click the Download a CA certificate certificate chain or CRL link Make sure the correct root CA certificate is selected in the list box E EQ MX7WMRG A 293 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Generating a Root CA Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services Download a CA Certificate Certificate Chain or CRL To trust certificates issued from this certification authority Install this CA certificate chain To download a CA certificate certificate chain or CEL select the certificate and encoding method CA certificate Encoding method DER C Base bd Download CA certificate Download CA certificate chain Download latest base CEL Download latest delta CEL Download CA Certificate Screen E EQ MX7WMRG A 294 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Installing a Root CA Certificate Click the DER button To download the CA certificate click on the Download CA certificate link File Download Security Warning Do you want to open or save this file Name certnew cer Tupe Security Certificate 1 46 KB From 100 100 100 100 Open Save Cancel potentially harm pour computer IF uou do not trust th
71. see Command Line Structure section and example below Example shortcut Program FilesiWidget Ink iMy App Widget exe Notes No validation is performed on target to be sure it is executable E EQ MX7WMRG A 218 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Launch displays a message if it encounters an error during the processing of a script Itis possible to get cascading error messages as Launch does not stop processing the script if it encounters an error An example of this would be a failure creating a directory causing the failure of all files copied to that directory Here is a list of the possible error messages that could be given Error Message Given by Description Launch LaunchCmd Bad wait code wait code The wait code wasn t recognized Directory Creation Failed error ra MkDir There was a problem encountered creating the directory Directory Removal Failed error Sade RmDir There was a problem encountered removing the directory Error reading script file An error occurred reading the script file Copy File Copy Failed error code There was a problem encountered copying the file Fcopy File Delete Failed error code Delete There was a problem encountered deleting the file Invalid Command command The command wasn t recognized Invalid Data Length data SetRegData Tried to set more than 2000 byte values in a binary field Invalid Data Type type SetRegData The value of the type parameter i
72. stripping settings do not affect the prefix The prefix is added to the output buffer for the Symbology selected from the pulldown list If All is selected the prefix is added for any symbology that has not been specifically configured Add Suffix To enable a suffix check the Suffix checkbox and enter the desired string in the textbox The default is disabled unchecked with a blank text string When barcode data is processed the Suffix string is sent to the output buffer after the barcode data Because all stripping operations have already occurred stripping settings do not affect the suffix The suffix is added to the output buffer for the Symbology selected from the pulldown list If All is selected the suffix is added for any symbology that has not been specifically configured E EQ MX7WMRG A 110 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced HHP Only Advanced HHP Only The Advanced button is only available if an HHP Imager is enabled Because the HHP imager does not support configuration barcodes the Advanced function allows configuration parameters to be set for many of the supported barcodes RE Start Code ID mi Enable Min Enable Aztec Strip Leading Code ID Trailing p Barcode Data Add Symbology Settings for HHP If there are advanced configuration options for the selected symbology an Advanced button is displayed in the lower right corner of the panel Not
73. text boxes for editing The Add button changes to Replace When Replace is tapped the values for the current item in the list are updated Clear All When no item in the Custom IDs list is selected tapping the Clear All button clears the Custom ID list and any text written and not yet added or inserted in the Name and ID Code text boxes ove line item and then tap the Remove button to delete it Line items are Removed one at a time Contents of the text box fields are cleared at the same time pero The Clear All button changes to a Remove button when an item in the Custom IDs list is selected Tap the desired em E EQ MX7WMRG A 124 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Control Code Replacement Examples Control Code Replacement Examples Configuration Example Example gu Translation Control p Translated data data configuration Character lgnore drop The control character is discarded from ESCape Ignore drop 0x1B in the barcode is 9 p the barcode data prefix and suffix p 9 E discarded 0x02 in a barcode is converted to the text STX Printable text Text is substituted for Control Character Start of Text Hat encoded The hat encoded text is translated to the vee Value 0x0d in a barcode is Carriage Return 4M equivalent hex value converted to the value 0x0d Escaped hat The hat encoding to pass thru to the ma Value 0x09 in a barcode is oe ge Horizontal Tab MI H encoded text application converted t
74. the Adapter RS 232 terminal port to D9 male option Power is drawn from the main battery pack when this adapter is connected USB Client Port The MX7 Tecton has one USB Client port for ActiveSync applications An accessory USB cable Cable Multipurpose USB and Power is available to connect the MX7 Tecton to a USB Type A plug on a PC for ActiveSync functions External AC power is available when the multipurpose USB Client Power cable is connected Audio Connection An audio headset interface is available using the Adapter Audio accessory with the I O port The connection cable connects the MX7 Tecton to a Voxware quick disconnect 4 pin interface This cable adapts to specific styles of headsets for voice input stereo or mono output The MX7 Tecton with a Summit Client supports mono only A 3 wire connector with at a minimum connections for ground microphone and 1 speaker Connecting the headset to the MX7 Tecton COM port turns off audio output to the MX7 Tectonspeaker on the front of the mobile device All sounds previously directed to the speaker are redirected to the headphone including beeps Bias voltage for an electric condenser microphone is available External AC power is not available for this option Power is drawn from the main battery pack E EQ MX7WMRG A 12 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Audio Support Audio Support Speaker The speaker supplies audible verification signals normally used by the Window s
75. the MX7 Tecton 2 4GHz radio and an access point After installing the Enabler on the MX7 Tecton the Enabler searches for a Mobile Device Server first by polling all available serial ports and then over the wireless network The Enabler running on the MX7 Tecton will attempt to access COM1 COM2 and COMB Agent not found will be reported if the Mobile Device Server is not located or a serial port is not present or available COM port settings can be verified using the LXE barcode wedge panels on the MX7 Tecton The wireless connection is made using the default wireless radio interface on the mobile device therefore the MX7 Tecton must be actively communicating with the network for this method to succeed If a Mobile Device Server is found the Enabler automatically attempts to apply all wireless and network settings from the active profile The Enabler also automatically downloads and processes all available packages If the Enabler does not automatically detect the Mobile Device Server the IP address of the Mobile Device Server can be entered on the Connect tab of the Enabler setup Please see Enabler Configuration for details E EQ MX7WMRG A 223 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Mobile Device Wireless and Network Settings Mobile Device Wireless and Network Settings Once the connection to the Mobile Device Server is established the MX7 Tecton Enabler attempts to apply all network and wireless settings contained
76. through 14 the 2 4GHz channels 36 40 44 48 the UNII 1 channels When set to On and the current connection to an AP weakens the radio aggressively scans for available APs Aggressive scanning works with standard scanning set through Roam Trigger Aggressive Scan Roam Delta and Roam Period Aggressive scanning should be set to On unless there is significant co channel interference due to overlapping APs on the same channel Options are On Off E EQ MX7WMRG A 263 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Global Parameters Use of Cisco Compatible Extensions CCX radio management and AP CCX or CCX Features Optimized specified maximum transmit power features This parameter cannot be changed Use of Wi Fi Multimedia extensions WMM Off Options are On Off Default value cannot be changed Specifies the type of authentication server Auth Server Type1 l Options are Type 1 ACS server and Type 2 non ACS server Authentication method used within the secure tunnel created by EAP TTLS TTLS Inner Method Auto EAP Options are AUTO EAP Any available EAP method MSCHAPV2 MSCHAP PAP CHAP EAP MSCHAPV2 Type of Pairwise Master Key PMK caching to use when WPA2 is in use PMK caching is designed to speed up roaming between APs by allowing the client and the AP to cache the results of 802 1X authentications eliminating the need to communicate with the ACS server Standard PMK is used when there are no c
77. to the MX7 Tecton Speed is dependent on signal strength E EQ MX7WMRG A 241 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Exit Exit The Exit option is password protected The default password is leave The password is not case sensitive Input Exit Password Exit Password If changes were made on the MX7 Tecton Startup Shutdown tab screen then after entering the password tap OK and the following screen is displayed Avalanche Monitor Do vou want ko em ry Continue monitoring Stop monitoring Continue or Stop Monitoring Change the option if desired Tap the X button to cancel Exit Tap the OK button to exit the Avalanche applet Using Remote Management 1 Configure the radio to connect to the network running the Mobile Device Server After the MX7 Tecton is connected pro ceed to step 2 2 If it is desired to configure the radio using the Summit package add the configured package to the Wavelink Avalanche MC Console and enable it 3 Verify RMU CE CAB exists in the System RMU folder Double click the MX7 Tecton enabler CAB file in the System folder 5 The enabler automatically launches after installation and contacts the Mobile Device Server The Avalanche MC Con sole connected to that Mobile Device Server identifies the remote device and performs a sync This downloads any available packages available for the MX7 Tecton di E EQ MX7WMRG A 242 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guid
78. use registry entries to auto launch Windows CAB files These CAB files exist as separate files from the main installation image and are copied to the device using ActiveSync or using the optional SD card The CAB files are copied into the folder System which is the internal Flash drive Then information is added to the registry if desired to make the CAB file auto launch at startup The registry information needed is under the key HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SOFTWARE LXE Persist The main subkey is any text and is a description of the file Then the values are added Data Dong FileName Name of the CAB file with full path usually System Installed DWORD Starts as O changed to 1 when the CAB file is installed l l File name with full path of a file installed by the CAB file If this file is not found Launch FileCheck Required String a assumes the CAB file is not installed or memory was lost Optional DWORD Determines sequence of installation Order 0 is installed first order 99 is installed last Delay Optional DWORD Delay in seconds after this item is installed and before the next one is installed If the install fails or is not found the delay does not occur PCMCIA Optional DWORD 1 power up PCMCIA CF slot after installation The auto launch process is as follows 1 The launch utility opens the registry database and reads the list of CAB files to auto launch 2 Firstit looks for FileName to see if the CAB file is pre
79. user certificate files Windows Media Start Windows Media Codecs are included for WMA WMV MP3 and WAV files Bluetooth Optional Start Settings System Bluetooth Only installed on a Bluetooth equipped MX7 Tecton The System Administrator can Discover and Pair targeted Bluetooth devices for each MX7 Tecton The System Administrator can enable disable Bluetooth settings and assign a Computer Friendly Name for each MX7 Tecton Bluetooth can be accessed by tapping Start Settings System Bluetooth or by tapping the Bluetooth icon on the Today screen E EQ MX7WMRG A 32 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide LXE RFTerm Optional LXE RF Term Optional Start RFTerm Installed by LXE The application can be accessed by tapping Start RFTerm 9 a ester About Settings Print Screen Print Setup Exit e 55 o Eta at dA gt File Session Display El File Session Display K Refer to the RF Term Reference Guide for complete information and instruction WAV files added by the user should be stored in System LXE RFTerm Sounds Status Popup Start Settings System MX7 Tecton Options The Status Popup provides real time information on several status icons when a specified keypress occurs To use the Status Popup first map a key to the status window Use the Buttons panel Start Settings Personal Buttons to assign a key to Admin Statpop for the Admin Popup and StatPopup for the User
80. user mode The registry must be re read at entry into user mode in case the administration changed the settings of the application being controlled S alaa da The length of the encrypted password is being calculated LOG EX AppLock is unable to lock the application This could happen if the application being Hook wndproc failure locked encountered an error after performing its initialization and shut itself down prior to LOG ERROR being locked by AppLock Hook W a gia ia The application is open but AppLock cannot lock it LOG ERROR app failure So evenbenauon The Admin applet is unable to create the hotkey notification LOG ERROR E EQ MX7WMRG A 333 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide LOG PROCESSING Getting configuration from registry AppLock Error Messages Message Hot key pressed Hot key pressed Hot key set event failure Hotkey press message received In app hook WM SIZE In app hook WM _ WINDOWPOSCHANGED Initializing keyboard hook procedure Keyboard hook initialization failure Keyboard hook loaded L after Ctrl Loading keyboard hook Open failure Open registry failure Opened status file Out of memory for encrypted pwd pRealTaskbarWndProc already set A Pwd cancelled or invalid remain in user mode Read registry error hot key Read registry failure app name Read registry failure Cmd Line Read registry failure Internet Registering Backdoor MSG Regis
81. white space that has been assigned This button is grayed unless an entry in the list box is highlighted When an entry or entries is highlighted and Delete is selected the highlighted material is deleted from the list box E EQ MX7WMRG A 122 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Custom Identifiers Custom Identifiers Code IDs can be defined by the user This allows processing parameters to be configured for barcodes that do not use the standard AIM or Symbol IDs or for barcodes that have data embedded at the beginning of the data that acts like a Code ID These are called custom Code IDs and are included in the Symbology drop down box in the Symbology dialog unless Enable Code ID is set to None When the custom Code ID is found in a barcode the configuration specified for the custom Code ID is applied to the barcode data The dialog below allows the custom Code IDs to be configured It is intended that custom code IDs are used to supplement the list of standard code IDs if Enable Code ID is set to AIM or Symbol or to replace the list of standard code IDs if Enable Code ID is set to Custom When Enable Code ID is set to None custom code IDs are ignored Note Custom symbologies will appear at the end of the list in the Symbology dialog and are processed at the beginning of the list in the scanner driver itself This allows custom IDs based on actual code IDs to be processed before the code ID itself No
82. will need to be changed from Same factory defaults to your preferred values at the conclusion of the upgrade process Language Change Language When changing from one language to another during the upgrade process all files in the System folder will be during deleted as the system is re partitioned and all system settings are cleared Parameters will need to be Upgrade changed from factory defaults to your preferred values at the conclusion of the upgrade process Process Preparation e Please Contact your LXE representative to get the OS upgrade files from LXE e LXE recommends that removal or installation of the SD Flash card be performed on a clean well lit surface e Always perform MX7 Tecton updates when it has a fully charged main battery and or a dependable external power source connected to the MX7 Tecton Procedure Place the new image files and MX7Update on a SD card Place the MX7 Tecton in Suspend Mode and remove the main battery pack Lift the rubber barrier and slide the SD card out of the slot Do not remove the rubber barrier The MX7 Tecton may not have a SD card in the slot because the OS is in flash E EQ MX7WMRG A 35 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Battery State and OS Upgrade Place the card with the new image files on it into the SD slot The label on the SD card should be facing up Launch MX7UPDATE EXE in My Device Storage Card Verify the desired checkboxes are checked and the u
83. 5 DEA E 6 AA AA AA AAO AA 226 Enabler Configuration aan 22 File Menu Options AAP 228 Avalanche Update using File Sertingdsa L L L aaa 229 Menu OOUOnS a 229 CA 230 Cel CA AA 231 Server Contact aaa maga mg miss LUWLL SALE AGA hA deals cias iss ss GUN Enca da Dal h Eh nisi dede mta phd ha has d aah a sana han bd 232 PICICICNCO AAP 233 Taskbar dae EN AGAD NG as dab pka deny heel LANG EK WEEE DW ADL caw Seaedeunctusecideesieaeeeid deed eaesacuseracesndasesscents 234 a AV ONIN AA AA 235 BI AA AA 236 SNO AAP PA 237 Adapters a 238 ce te AA DD DR OS O O aes oneeneess 241 ERICO senai sie a rf a RR a ey ee 242 Using Remote Management 0 aaa aaa eae 242 LINEA SA canas sedeada bird isa Pra AA 243 Step 1 Create BarcodesS aa 243 Step 2 Scan Barcodes ee 243 Step 3 Process Completion aaa aaa 245 Update the MX7 Tecton l 2 2 oo cece cece aaa anaa aLaaa LLALA LLALL eee eee cence eee e cece sense cceeeeeseeeeeseeseeeses 246 Battery State and OS Upgrade ooo do e 246 Wireless Network Configuration for LXE Devices 247 Ue ea AA O Sd LLDD Ss on see Sedans 247 S mmit Client a RE RD OPAPP AA 247 AATAKE 248 Summit DR le AAP sa notas ade shee 246 Using Windows Mobile Wireless Manager 249 Create a New Network Connection 249 Edit a Network Connection eae 251 Switch Control to SC 25 c cccehescncdsnntanlcascesece isdedeshecustcwesesnecdsdudeebebs
84. 7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Display Display Unlock display defaults to Windows Classic Windows Default can be selected to be the unlock display Changing the unlock display and tapping OK at the top right comer of the screen presents the following screen RE Settings i d C OK Changing the unlock display will require your device to restart Unlock display Password Hint Display Tap Yes to restart or cold boot Tap No to cancel the operation p a 2 Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the a X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 50 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Power Power Start Settings System Power Reports the current battery state and allows the user to set suspend timeouts Battery EA Settings Main battery Unknown Recharging state Charging m H consumed 237092275 Backup battery Battery Advanced Power Settings Battery Panel Battery power is displayed for both the main and internal Super cap batteries E EQ MX7WMRG A 51 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced Advanced Factory Default Settings On battery power Tum off device if not used for Enabled Timer setting 1 minute On external power Turn off device if not used for Enabled 2 settings Pit d C OK On battery power E Turn off dev
85. 7WMRG A 95 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Continuous Scan Mode Continuous Scan Mode Start Settings System Data Collection Main Continuous scan mode is only available if the MX7 Tecton is equipped with a Symbol scanner Continuous scan mode draws power from the main battery every time a scan read decode sequence is performed Enabling Continuous Scan Mode will ensure the laser is always on and decoding A Caution Laser beam is emitted continuously Do not look or stare into the laser beam Set the Timeout between same symbol to a value sufficient to prevent the beeper from continuously beeping when a symbol is left in the scanner s field of view If trigger mode power mode or timeout between same symbol parameters are changed using external configuration barcodes in the Integrated Scanner Programming Guide the operating system automatically restores the parameters to their programmed settings upon a cold boot and or any change made in the Data Collection settings When the scanner is in continuous mode the trigger and scan buttons function as a scanner On Off switch The scanner red LED will always be off in continuous mode The audio beeps and green LED function the same as they do for normal trigger mode Switching to and from continuous and normal trigger modes is in effect after upon tapping the ok button and waiting for the amber scan LED to go out A reboot is not required or necessary E EQ MX7WMRG
86. A 2 4 to 2 4897 GHz IEEE 802 11b 802 11g DSSS OFDM q 5 0GHz IEEE 802 11a DSSS OFDM RF Data Rates 1 2 5 5 6 9 11 12 18 24 36 48 54 Mbps RF Power Level 64 mW 18dBm FCC 1 11 36 40 44 48 149 153 157 161 Channels ETSI 1 13 36 40 44 48 Same as MX7 Tecton Storage Temperature Bluetooth No more than 32 80 feet 10 meters line of sight Operating Frequency 2 402 2 480 GHz Bluetooth Version 2 1 EDR AC Wall Adapter AC wall adapter has a 5 5mm barrel connector This connects to the LXE cables which Output Connector na transition power to the 20 pin D connector Output Voltage 112V regulated Output Current O Amps min 1 25 Amps max 32 F to 100 F 0 C to 40 C Operating Temperature The LXE approved AC Power Adapter is only intended for use in a 25 C 77 F maximum ambient temperature environment Storage Temperature 40 F to 180 F 40 C to 80 C Humidity Operates in a relative humidity of 5 95 non condensing E EQ MX7WMRG A 327 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Hat Encoding Hat Encoding Hat Encoded Characters Hex 00 through AD Desir o Desired E Hat 0300 0X01 0X02 W Z 0X03 e 0X04 0X05 0X06 0X07 NUL BS coxas HT coxo IF O0X0A NT 0X0B FE oox CR 0X0D SO OXW ST OXOF DLE 0X10 0X11 0X12 0X13 La 0X14 0X15 a 0X16 ER 0X17 0X18 ew 0X19 OXIA 0X1B UX TC XID OAIE UX IF DATE Under
87. Active Directory a Settings Domain Enrollment Enrolling in a domain will connect your phone with company resources Your phone may be restarted Back up your data before continuing You will need the enrollment password provided by your system administrator Click Enrol to continue Enroll Domain Enrollment Settings To begin enrollment tap Enroll in the Status bar Please contact your system administrator for the applicable information to complete the screens Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the a X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 158 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Network Cards Network Cards Start Settings Connections Network Cards This panel displays a listing of network adapters The list is based on drivers installed in the registry whether the adapter is actually supported by the hardware or not The Network Cards may not always be displayed If this icon is not displayed access Network Cards by selecting Start Settings Connections Wi Fi Network Cards tab 29 Settings e nt Configure Network Adapters My network card connects ko Tap an adapter to modify settings Summit WLAN Adapter SvChip WiFi SDIO Card NE200D Compatible Ethernet Driver AsvacMac MODS AN Miniport Remote NDIS Host virtual Ethernet Intermediate Miniport PPTP NDISWAN Minipo
88. CE operating system The speaker is located on the front of the MX7 Tecton above the MX7 Tecton logo The mobile device emits a Sound Pressure Level loudness of at least 102 dB measured as follows e Frequency 2650 100 Hz e Distance 10 cm on axis in front of Speaker opening in front of unit e Duration Continuous 2650 Hz tone The default is 1 beep for a good scan and 2 beeps for a bad scan Volume Control Volume control is managed by a Windows Mobile Settings panel an API and the Orange Scan up down arrow key sequence Voice All Microsoft supplied audio codecs are included in the OS image The hardware codecs the input and output analog voice circuitry and the system design are designed to support voice applications using a headset connected to the Adapter Audio accessory cable and the MX7 Tecton I O connector Card Slot There is one user accessible SD Flash card slot located in the main battery well and protected by a rubber flap Program CAB files MX7 Tecton utilities wireless drivers the registry and registry backup information are stored on the SD Flash card Scanner Imager Port The MX7 Tecton has one integrated barcode scanner imager port Only one scan engine is installed at a time Scan engines are not hot swappable The MX7 Tecton may have one of three Symbol laser scan engines e Short Range Laser Scanner 955 e Low Power Scanner 955E e Multi Range LORAX Laser 1524ER or a Hand Held Products 2
89. Color LCD Backlighting is available and can be turned on and off with key sequences The turn off timing is configured through the Start Settings System Backlight icon The display controller supports Microsoft CE 6 5 graphics modes A touchscreen allows mouse functions tapping on the display or signature capture using an LXE approved stylus The touchscreen has an actuation force with finger less than 100 grams The color display has an LED backlight and is optimized for indoor use The display appears black when the MX7 Tecton is in Suspend Mode Power Supply The MX7 Tecton uses one of two batteries for operation e Main Battery A replaceable 2200 mAh Lithium lon Li lon battery pack The battery pack recharges while in the MX7 Tecton when the device is connected to the optional external MX7 Tecton AC DC power source The main battery pack can be removed from the MX7 Tecton and inserted in the MX7T Multi Charger which simultaneously charges up to five battery packs in four hours The MX7 Tecton status indicator is illuminated when the Super cap battery is being charged by the main battery pack A new main battery pack can be fully charged in 6 hours when it is in an MX7 Tecton con nected to AC power and 3 5 hours when it is in the MX7T multicharger e Low temperature Lithium lon Li lon batteries have a 1250 mAh capacity e Super capacitor Super cap No backup battery is used Super cap internal battery maintains RAM and other vi
90. Configuration Application 225 WPA PSK Summit Radio 289 WPA LEAP Summit radio 282 WPA LEAP Summit Radio 284 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide
91. Configuration feature The Scan Config option under the File menu allows the user to configure Enabler settings using a special barcode that can be created using the Avalanche MC Console utilities Refer to the Wavelink Avalanche Mobility Center User Guide for details The Settings option under the File menu allows the MX7 Tecton user to access the control panel to locally configure the Enabler settings The Enabler control panel is by default password protected Input Settings Password The default Settings password is system The password is not case sensitive E EQ MX7WMRG A 228 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Avalanche Update using File Settings Avalanche Update using File Settings Use these menu options to setup the Avalanche Enabler on the MX7 Tecton LXE recommends changing settings and then saving the changes reboot before connecting to the network Alternatively the Mobile Device Server can be disabled until needed refer to the Wavelink Avalanche Mobility Center User s Guide for details Menu Options Note Your MX7 Tecton screen display may not be exactly as shown in the following menu options Contact your LXE representative for version information and upgrade availability NPA Enter the IP Address or host name of the Mobile Device Server Set the order in which serial ports or ma JJ RF connections are used to check for the presence of the Mobile Device Server Not available in this
92. D Area Imager 5300 Note Low Power Scanner 955E does not support aim mode Any attempt to adjust the aiming beam using SE955 programming barcodes will fail The Low Power scanner does not decode Codablock Code93i Matrix 2 of 5 or Telepen symbologies The integrated scan engine activates when the Scan button on the front of the MX7 Tecton is depressed or when the trigger on an installed trigger handle is depressed A system applet Start Settings System Data Collection is available to set scanner imager options Functionality of the integrated scan engine driver is based on the decoder driver version installed in the MX7 Tecton Functions may include audible tones on good scan at the maximum db supported by the speaker failed scan LED indication of ascan in progress among other functions If enabled a vibration device provides a tactile response on a good scan event E EQ MX7WMRG A 13 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Bluetooth LXEZ Pairing Bluetooth LXEZ Pairing The MX7 Tecton contains Bluetooth version 2 1 with Enhanced Data Rate EDR Bluetooth device connection or pairing can occur at distances up to 32 8 ft 10 meters Line of Sight The wireless client retains network connectivity while Bluetooth is active The user will not be able to select PIN authentication or encryption on connections from the MX7 Tecton However the MX7 Tecton supports authentication requests from pairing devices If a pairi
93. Default Settings RE Settings ed Co F Settings Password Prompt if phone 0 Minutes unused For Provide a password hint in case you Forget vour password This hint may be visible by Password type others Password Do you want to save password settings changes Password Hink Display Password Hint Display Password Settings Password Panel Prompt if phone unused for Check the checkbox and set the inactivity timeout before the MX7 Tecton locks When selecting a Password type the screen displays a numeric keypad or the input panel depending on the type of password selected Note Once a password has been entered the password must be used to access the Lock panels again Select the Password type Simple PIN numeric or strong alphanumeric Enter the desired password and confirm Note that Windows Mobile places restrictions on what it considers a valid password If the chosen password is not strong enough a warning is displayed and a new password should be entered and confirmed E EQ MX7WMRG A 48 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Hint Hint If the password entry isn t successful after a predefined number of attempts the password hint is displayed Factory Default Settings ME Settings a d C OK Provide a password hint in case you Forget vour password This hint may be visible by others ne Password Hint Display Password Settings Hint Pane E EQ MX7WMRG A 49 MX
94. Diagnostic Output box If a fixed IP address has been assigned to the radio this is also noted in the Diagnostic Output box Note that the current IP address is displayed above this button e Start Ping Start a continuous ping to the IP address specified in the text box to the right of this button Once the but ton is clicked the ping begins and the button label changes to Stop Ping Clicking the button ends the ping The ping also ends when any other button on this screen is clicked or the user browses away from the Diags tab The results of the ping are displayed in the Diagnostic Output box e Diagnostics Also attempts to re connect to the wireless LAN However this option provides more data in the Diag nostic Output box than the Re connect option This data dump includes radio state profile settings global settings and a list of broadcast SSID APs e Save To Use this to save the results of the diagnostics to a text file Use the explorer window to specify the name and location for the diagnostic file The text file can viewed using an application such as WordPad E EQ MX7WMRG A 260 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Global Tab Global Tab Start Settings System Wi Fi Global tab The parameters on this panel can only be changed when an Admin is logged in with a password The current values for the parameters can be viewed by the general user without requiring a password Note Tap the Commit button to
95. E Settings Regional Settings Regional Settings Decimal symbol Appearance samples Mo of decimal places Positive numbers 123 456 769 00 Positive Currency 123 456 789 00 Time 11 35 16 AM No of digits in group Digit grouping symbol Short date I 5 10 List separators Long dake Thursday February 25 2010 Negative sign symbol J K LUL Negative number Format c 4 Display leading zero wn 4 Measurement system Fa Fal Regional Settings Region Panel and Number Panel 2 Settings sd c 2 Settings sd Cc Regional Settings Regional Settings Currency symbol Time sample 11 37 46 AM 4 Currency symbol position 81 1 Time style mamiss tt Time separatori Po AM symbol Al Decimal symbol Mo of decimal places Digit grouping symbol PM symbol PrI LU Mo of digits in group Negative number format fa1 1 ka Universal currency symbol Fal Regional Settings Currency Panel and Time Panel E EQ MX7WMRG A 145 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Regional Settings 2 Settings ed C O Regional Settings Short date 2 25 10 Long date Thursday February 25 2010 Short date Ayy Long date dddd MMMM dd y Calendar type Fal Regional Settings Date Panel Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the a X icon in the top right corner to close
96. EE nes esceeeshasscencguseeccesesesececeecieeuoetacesscetaetataaeenacosadecessees 19 OOUOnS aaa DU PROC ONC AA o A aR a Ag a a 81 ON Ss saa aaa BA Aa a eee ae 81 Ae AA 83 E EQ MX7WMRG A iv MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents Easy Pairing and Auto Reconnect een 83 Bib icido o if ae er CL SR RR RD PRN RU FR SD NO RS dane as ease deed 84 Bluetooth Barcode Reader Setup cece eee cece eee eee cece DALL LLALL eeceeeeeeeseeseeseeees 85 Talige o 8 677 6 p NOR RENO ENO AA 85 MX7 Tecton with Label 86 MX7 Tecton without Label 2 2 0 22 eee e ec ee cece ee eben eee bee ee eeeeeeneees 87 Bluetooth Reader Beep and LED Indications e 88 Bluetooth Printer Setup ganda aNONE BEAN ANADLLAY IG End Und LES LIGBLANSELALLDELLIAA MARA si ae dH nA SEE dE sic andas d 88 CERES AB AG AD BEDA BATO a D AD LGA 89 POISON AA O DR esos 89 Intermediate ee 90 KOO a AO aa GG Ama E a a AA Ka NAA need 91 CUstome FOedDACK ab SA Sedes E Sao Reina das Cu poi ane LdD ada cede EEEE 92 Data GOGE IOR amen ee EaD RerEc Ca ro nda ces AA AA 93 Data Processing Overview 2 aaa 94 MALE AA AA AA 95 Continuous Scan Mode ses bo he aapela ba aag pdala na Gana bl an ada 96 CONN K o 97 Notification Tab spas cca aa desde DESRdaBEage oe Eras a di NNE eender ASS DES cue samen ads SEC er Bd AS as GrERadE 98 Data AA 100 Enable OX 00 0 D aa 101 BULONS AG
97. EX LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG ERROR PROCESSING PROCESSING CU C Q Q G G AppLock Error Messages Message Explanation and or corrective action Level The registry has to be read when entering user mode is the AppName is missing This Registry read failure at user mode entry is attempted at boot and after a hotkey switch when the administrator has AN l a LOG ERROR reenter user mode closed the application being locked or has changed the application name or command line The registry has to be read when switching into user mode This is because the Registry read failure at administrator can change the settings during administration mode The read of the LOG ERROR reenter user mode registry failed which means the Administration key was not found or the AppName value was missing or empty value is missing or empty this error is logged The other application information is not required If the AppName value is not available AppLock cannot switch into user mode PAA PA The system work area is adjusted when in user mode to cover the taskbar area The y system work area has to be adjusted to exclude the taskbar area in administration mode LOG ERROR failure l l AppLock was unable to adjust this area Shift pressed The Shift key has been pressed and trapped by the HotKey processing LOG EX Processing the hotkey and backdoor entry LOG EX o LOG _ Show taskbar The taskbar is now being made visible and enabled PROCESSING
98. Elself FCopy Message Shortcut The commands supported by Launch are detailed below Square brackets indicate that a parameter is optional Characters in Italics represent a variable and not a literal Description Copies a file but does not overwrite an existing file Syntax Copy source file destination file Parameters source file The file to be copied including its path destination file The destination path and filename Example copy Storage Card MyData dat Temp MyData dat Notes If the destination file already exists it is not overwritten and no error is given If the source file is blank a zero byte file is created Description Deletes the specified file Syntax Delete source file Parameters source file The file to be deleted including its path Example delete Temp MyData dat E EQ MX7WMRG A 206 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch DelRegData Description Deletes a specified registry data field Syntax Delregdata key subkey field Parameters key The abbreviated major registry key where you want to delete a field Can be one of e crorhkcr HKEY CLASSES ROOT e cuorhkcu HKEY CURRENT USER e Imorhkim HKEY LOCAL MACHINE The case of key doesn t matter subkey The subkey that holds the field you want to delete field The field that you want to delete Example delregdata LM Software WidgetsPlc OurApp AppName Notes An error isn t displ
99. Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help Icon Function Bluetooth Set the parameters for Bluetooth device connections 423 Clock amp Alarms Set Date Time Time Zone and alarms Lock Set password protection Power Review battery status Set time limit before device is turned off Sounds amp Notifications Enable disable sounds and vibrations Set volume parameters and assign sound wav files to OS events Today Configure the Today screen Connections Set up various connections between a host and the MX7 Tecton Personal Configure Buttons Input method and Owner information System Review system information Set up operating system and equipment parameters E EQ MX7WMRG A 41 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Personal Personal Start Settings Personal System Option About LXE View software hardware versions and network IP No user intervention required Buttons Set functions of programmable buttons Input Set input options for keypad touchscreen and voice Owner Information Set the mobile device owner details name phone etc Enter notes Enable disable Owner display parameters Start Settings System Option About Display OS version information Set device name Backlight Set the display backlight brightness and display key pad backlight timeout Configure the t
100. KIP EAFP FAST bd Main Profile Status Diags Global EAP FAST Profile Configuration For automatic PAC provisioning once a username password is authenticated the PAC information is stored on the MX7 Tecton The same username password must be used to authenticate each time See the note below for more details For manual PAC provisioning the PAC filename and Password must be entered See Sign On vs Stored Credentials for information on entering credentials The entries on the Credentials screen are determined by the type of credentials stored or sign on and the type of PAC provisioning automatic or manual Click on the Credentials button To use Stored Credentials click on the Credentials button No entries are necessary for Sign On Credentials with automatic PAC provisioning as the user will be prompted for the Username and Password when connecting to the network E EQ MX7WMRG A 284 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide EAP FAST 29 Summit Client Utility Ge a EAP FAST Credentials To use Sign On credentials e Donot enter a User and Password as the user will be prompted for the Username and Password when connecting to the network To use Stored Credentials e Enter the Domain Username if the Domain is required otherwise enter the Username e Enter the password To use Automatic PAC Provisioning e No additional entries are required To use manual PAC Provisioning e Enter the PAC Filena
101. Left Bottom to Top Default is Left to Right Template Template length must match the length of OCR string to be read Valid template selections are a alphanumeric character digit or letter c check character d digits from O to 9 e any character g any character specified in group G h any character specified in group H alphabetic letter r delimits a row t delimits multiple templates All characters are transmitted as is except for the selected template Default is dddddddd Group G Null terminated string defines the set of characters in group G The default is null Group H Null terminated string defines the set of characters in group H The default is null Check Enter the string constant 0123456789 for modulo10 checksums and the string constant 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ for modulo36 checksums The default is null E EQ MX7WMRG A 119 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide OCR Template Examples OCR Template Examples 1 To read a combination of 6 alpha and numeric characters use the following template aaaaaa 2 To read the same string with a modulo 10 check digit in the 7 character position use the following template aaaaaac Then enter 0123456789 for the Check parameter 3 To read either a string of 6 alphabetic letters OR a string of 8 numeric digits use this template Illliitdddddddd Note the use of the t to separate the first template from the second
102. MX7 Tecton Update the MX7 Tecton Contact your LXE representative for the process to follow when your MX7 Tecton needs to be re imaged The MX7 Tecton running Windows Mobile must be returned to the manufacturer LXE if the device is to be re imaged with any other Windows operating system for example Windows CE 6 Battery State and OS Upgrade LXE recommends a fully charged main battery be installed in the MX7 Tecton prior to upgrading the operating system A prompt may appear when the battery reaches Critical Low that informs the user there is not enough power in the main battery to perform the update The operating system will not be able to execute the OS update when the battery level is too low 25 orless as there is a high risk that the power remaining in the battery expires when executing the update and the MX7 Tecton will be left in an inoperable state When main battery power level is too low connect external power to the MX7 Tecton before performing the OS update procedure Do not disconnect external power before the update process is complete Contact your LXE representative for the process to follow when your MX7 Tecton needs the OS updated The MX7 Tecton running Windows Mobile must be returned to LXE if the device is to be imaged with any other Windows operating system for example Windows CE E EQ MX7WMRG A 246 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Wireless Network Configuration for LXE Devices The
103. Notes Results are unpredictable if not paired properly with If command E EQ MX7WMRG A 209 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch Description Ends conditional command block begun with the previous IF command Syntax EndIfFile Parameters None Example See IfFile below Notes Results are unpredictable if not paired properly with IfFile command EndlfTerm Description Ends conditional command block executed only if the device type specified in Term matches Syntax EndIfTerm Parameters None Example See IfTerm below Notes Results are unpredictable if not paired properly with IfTerm command E EQ MX7WMRG A 210 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch Description Copies a file overwriting any existing file Syntax fcopy source file destination file Parameters source file The file to be copied including its path destination file The destination path and filename Example fcopy Storage Card MyData dat Temp MyData dat Notes If the destination file already exists it is overwritten If the source file is blank a zero byte file is created E EQ MX7WMRG A 211 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch Description Begins the conditional execution of a block of commands only if the specified file exists Syntax IfFile file Parameters file The path and filename
104. OM19 To enable this option Filtered Mode must be disabled unchecked This option is Disabled unchecked by default When logging is enabled the MX7 Tecton creates bt log txt and stores it in the System folder Bluetooth activity logging is added to the text file as activity progresses A bt log bak txt file contains the data stored by bt log txt prior to reboot During a reboot process the MX7 Tecton renames bt log txt to bt log bak txt If a file already exists with that name the existing file is deleted the new bt log bak txt file is added and a new bt log txt is created This option is System Name by default The name or identifier entered in this space by the System Administrator is used exclusively by Bluetooth devices and during Bluetooth communication E EQ MX7WMRG A 80 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Reconnect Reconnect RE LXEZ Pairing dl MES Report when connection lost Report when reconnected Report Failure to reconnect Clear Pairing Table on Boot Auto Reconnect on Boot Auto Reconnect Settings Reconnect About Bluetooth Device Reconnect Panel Note These options can still be checked or unchecked whether Bluetooth connection is enabled or disabled Options Report when connection lost Report when reconnected This option is Enabled checked by default There may be an audio or visual signal when a connection between a paired active device is lost A v
105. PE 102 Symbology Settings aa 103 Clear eT 103 Advanced Button 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 00000000000022 a aoaaa 104 Processing Order aaa 104 Enable Min Max 2 0 2222 22 cece ce eee ccc e cece cece cece cece cece cee cece cece cece cece eee eeececeeeeeeeeeees 105 Strip Leading Trailing Control ccc cc ccc cece cee cece aaa aaa aan 106 Barcode Data Mate ISEL cic vc desc a sand RRR aN RR A NAN aA AR HARA A aA R KR A 107 Barcode Data Match Edit Buttons cece eee eee e eee cece ee eeeeeee 108 MACROS aan a ma nal Ad oe a ENS e Oe SR Re eg a 109 Add Prefix Suffix Control 110 Advanced HHP On 111 OG SY DC OGY AAP 119 OCR Template Examples 120 OCR Checksum Calculation een 120 CtrlCharMappinQ 0 000000000 aaao 00o 00a 0 0000D D DLLD LoLo 2222an 121 Translate N nto camp onde ss beco Rca nes ssa aa de o open o EE a Dn cf CO a 122 ee AA AA 123 Control Code Replacement EXampies 0 a 125 E EQ MX7WMRG A v MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents Barcode Processing Examples na 125 FIRE Properties a ias A a tate AA AN 127 Length Based Barcode Stripping 22 22 22 aaa 129 Processing Tab 131 About Tab eee 132 Encryption aaa aaa 133 Extemal OP sapata Essas so oleae aie ee dese on Sto q Cd ad Sadia id SS oleae dd CU da 134 PCC OS AA 135 License Manager e ccc cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cec
106. Popup LXE recommends using a Diamond key for the popup If a Function key is used that Function key is not available to other applications such as RFTerm Use the MX7 Tecton Options panel Start Settings System MX7 Tecton Options to configure other parameters including e Dismiss Status Popup on 5 second timeout e Information to include in Admin or User Status Popup The Status Popup can be dismissed by the expiration of the timeout if enabled tapping the status window or pressing the key assigned to the popup For more information please refer to the Buttons and MX7 Tecton Options settings E EQ MX7WMRG A 33 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide LXEConnect LXEConnect LXEConnect allows a user with an ActiveSync connection between a PC and the MX7 Tecton to display the MX7 Tecton screen on the host PC Any keystrokes on the host PC are passed to the MX7 Tecton as if they were keystrokes on the MX7 Tecton keypad LXEConnect for the MX7 Tecton is available on the Getting Started Disc GrabTime GrabTime is a utility to synchronize the MX7 Tecton with a world wide time server GrabTime can be started as a service by setting it in the Launch option see the following section for details on Launch Synchronize with a local time server e Use ActiveSync to copy GrabTime ini from the My Device Windows folder on the MX7 Tecton to the host PC e Edit GrabTime ini on the host PC to add the local time server s
107. Proper 14 Profile Property ManageNetwork no Avalanche ManageWireless no Avalanche Network Profile Displayed Use Manual Settings When enabled the Enabler will ignore any network or wireless settings coming from the Avalanche MC Console and use only the network settings on the MX7 Tecton Properties Selecting the Properties icon displays the Manual Settings Properties dialog applet From here the user can configure Network DNS and Wireless parameters using the displays shown below Note A reboot may be required after enabling or disabling these options Network DNS Manual Settings Properties OK Manual Settings Properties OK Network Authentication Wireless DNS Authentication Wireless Manage network settings Manage network settings O Use server assigned IP address Name server addresses may be re assigned if DHCP is enabled O Use the Following IP address TE DNS 1 ED ag IF EA DNS 2 DNS 3 Gateway Domain Subnet E EQ MX7WMRG A 239 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Adapters Authentication Wireless Manual Settings Properties OK Manual Settings Properties OK Network Authentication Network DNS Authentication Wireless Manage wireless settings Manage wireless settings Type None Sob Inner June Ed Encryption open System Select Encryption From the Wireless tab Note The Authentication tab may not be present
108. R LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG ERROR AppLock Error Messages ue 0 nia aaa Encrypt password process successful LOG EX Encrypt length failure Unable to encrypt password LOG ERROR de out of memory for Unable to encrypt password LOG_ERROR Encrypted data OK The password has been successfully encrypted LOG EX In order for AppLock to control the application being locked so it can prevent the Enter application from exiting AppLock launches the application and has to wait until it has LOG EX AppLockEnumWindows created and initialized its main window This message is logged when the function that waits for the application initialization is entered l LOG Enter DecryptPwd Entering the password decryption process PROCESSING Enter EncryptPwd Entering the password encryption processin mee f REN RR S PROCESSING Enter FullScreenMode Entering the function that switches the screen mode In full screen mode the taskbar is LOG _ hidden and disabled PROCESSING Processing is at the beginning of the function that retrieves the application information LOG EE CCAP PAG from the registry PROCESSING Enter rd dial Entering the password dialog processin pos er password dialog ering p gp g PROCESSING Enter password timeout Entering the password timeout processin a p E S p 9 PROCESSING Some application shut down before AppLock can stop it In these cases AppLock gets notification of the exit When the notification is
109. Request a certificate View the status of a pending certificate request Download a CA certificate certificate chain or CEL Certificate Services Welcome Screen Click the Request a certificate link Microsoft Certificate Services Request a Certificate Select the certificate type User Certificate Or submit an advanced certificate request Request a Certificate Screen E EQ MX7WMRG A 297 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Generating a User Certificate Click on the User Certificate link User Certificate Identifying Information Mo further identifying information is required To complete your certificate press submit More Options gt gt Submit User Certificate Request Screen Click on the Submit button if there is a message box asking if you want to confirm the request click Yes The User Certificate is issued Certificate Issued The certificate you requested was issued to vou Advanced Certificate Details Install the user certificate on the requesting computer by clicking the Install this certificate link Export the certificate as described below E EQ MX7WMRG A 298 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Exporting a User Certificate Exporting a User Certificate Start Internet Explore on the PC that requested the certificate Select Tools Internet Options Content and click the Certificates button Certificates Personal Other People Intermediate Cert
110. SKs button 2 Summit Client Utility Gio a Enter 10 or 26 Hex digits 4 F 0 9 OR enter 5 or 13 ASCII characters Tx Key el o ooo SS 03 1117 os 1777777 WEP Keys Valid keys are 10 hexadecimal or 5 ASCII characters for 40 bit encryption or 26 hexadecimal or 13 ASCII characters for 128 bit encryption Enter the key s and click OK Once configured click the Commit button Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network E EQ MX7WMRG A 273 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide LEAP LEAP To use LEAP without WPA make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to LEAP e Set Encryption to WEP EAP e Set Auth Type as follows e Ifthe Cisco CCX certified AP is configured for open authentication set the Auth Type radio parameter to Open e Ifthe AP is configured to use shared key or passphrase set the Auth Type radio parameter to Shared e f the AP is configured for network EAP only set the Auth Type radio parameter to LEAP AZ Summit Client Utility OLI OK Edit Profile Default SDC Encryption EAP Type Auto WEF ILEAP bd Main Profile Status Diags Global LEAP Profile Configuration See Sign On vs Stored Credentials for information on entering credentials
111. Send Key Messages Enabled Scan Mode Continuous Disabled Scan Mode Timeout between same symbol Device 1 Internal Radio button allows scanner input output on Device 1 scan key or trigger Device 2 Output is enabled when COM1 is enabled on this port Device 3 Output is enabled when COM1 is enabled on this port The Data Collection Wedge supports up to three concurrent data collection devices For example the internal scanner could be used to collect data at the same time a Bluetooth scanner is paired and or a serial device is attached to COM1 The MX7 Tecton must be in a desktop cradle to use a tethered scanner Note Since Internal is the default setting for Device 2 a Bluetooth scanner can be paired with the Wedge using LXEZPairing on Device 1 without disabling the internal scanner 29 Start we 4 Tm 29 Start Data Collection Data Collection Device 1 lisabed comi O Internal O Send Key Messages WEDGE Send Key Messages WEDGE Scan Mode Continuous Same symbol timeout li EN seconds Main COMI Notification Data Optiond ss oy Main COML Notification Data Optiong SJ Device with integrated Symbol Scanner Device with any other imager scanner Scanner Control Main Note The Scan Mode Continuous Scan section is only present if the MX7 Tecton is equipped with a Symbol integrated scanner Adjust the settings and tap ok to save the changes The changes take effect immediately E EQ MX
112. Summit client device is a Summit 802 11a b g radio capable of 802 11a 802 11b and 802 11g data rates The radio can be configured for no encryption WEP encryption or WPA security Security Options Supported are e WPA PSK e WPA LEAP e PEAP MSCHAP e PEAP GTC e EAP TLS e EAP FAST Important Notes It is important that all dates are correct on the MX7 Tecton and host computers when using any type of certificate Certificates are date sensitive and if the date is not correct authentication will fail Verify and adjust the date using the Clock amp Alarms panel It may be necessary to upgrade radio software in order to use certain Summit Client Utility SCU features Contact your LXE representative for details When using the 802 11a radio the U NII 1 band is the preferred band for indoor operation For regulatory domains in which the U NII 3 band is allowed the following channels are supported 149 153 157 and 161 The AP must be configured accordingly After making any changes to the wireless configuration perform a Suspend Resume on the MX7 Tecton Summit Client Utility Note When making changes to profile or global parameters tap the power key to place the MX7 Tecton in Suspend When the MX7 Tecton resumes from suspend the parameters are applied The MX7 Tecton can be resumed by tapping the power key or the touchscreen or by pressing any key Start Settings System Wi Fi or Summit Tray Icon if present Th
113. T label New MX7 Tecton main batteries don t last more than a few hours Keep losing ActiveSync Disconnect the cable wait 1 2 seconds and reconnect the cable The MX7 Tecton will not connection between my host enter suspend as long as an ActiveSync session is running ActiveSync session prevents computer and the MX7 Tecton it from going into suspend E EQ MX7WMRG A 7 MX7Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Locking the MX7 Tecton Locking the MX7 Tecton The MX7 Tecton can be locked manually by tapping Start Lock By default this option is included on the Start screen at the bottom of the screen Care should be taken to not accidentally tap this area of the Start screen Note Review the Unlock process before locking the MX7 Tecton Lock can be removed from the Today screen by selecting Start Settings Today Items tab Deselect Device Lock The MX7 Tecton can also be configured to Lock automatically after a defined period of inactivity This setting is accessed via Start Settings Lock Password tab By default this option is Disabled The password and hint are configured by selecting Start Settings Lock Password and Hint tabs Unlocking the MX7 Tecton When the MX7 Tecton is locked the Start screen displays Unlock at the lower part of the screen e f there is no password or PIN set tap Unlock on the next screen to unlock the MX7 Tecton The MX7 Tecton is returned to normal operation e f there is a pa
114. Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Delete E EQ MX7WMRG A 303 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Delete To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft 1 3 5 T te gr foer c E EQ MX7WMRG A 304 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Delete To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order Blue O Pl fo w m po ES or o E 5 DR E EQ MX7WMRG A 305 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Delete a H a H a H a a fm aa a a po long PT teed E EQ MX7WMRG A 306 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 Key 5250 Alphanumeric KeyMap Primary Delete 55 Key 5250 Alphanumeric KeyMap Primary Delete e The following keymap is used on an MX7 Tecton that is running a 5250 Terminal Emulator e When using a sequence of keys that includes a sticky key press the sticky key first release it then press the rest of the key sequence e When using a sequence of keys that includes the Orange or Blue keys press the color key first then the rest of the key sequence e Tapping the Power key when in any sticky mode Blue Orange Shift etc either turns the device On when Off or places it in Suspend when On e Alphabetic keys default to lo
115. The pairing table is cleared on boot The status of Auto Reconnect on Boot is ignored and the option is automatically disabled unchecked and dimmed E EQ MX7WMRG A 82 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide About About AE LXEZ Pairing elo Computer Friendly Name LXE BT Terminal Bluetooth Address OO0 40 FO 05 F1 06 BTS version 1 0 BTDRPWIMIT Lt Copyright 2006 2007 LEE Inc The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG Inc pairing label example Settings Reconnect About Bluetooth About Panel This panel lists the assigned Computer Friendly Name that other devices may discover during their Discovery and Query process the Bluetooth MAC address and software version levels The data cannot be edited by the user Easy Pairing and Auto Reconnect The Bluetooth module can establish relationships with new devices after the user taps the Discover button It can auto reconnect to devices previously known but which have gone out of range and then returned within range Note Configuration elements are persistent and stored in the registry Setup the Bluetooth module to establish how the user is notified by easy pairing and auto reconnect events AppLock if installed does not stop the end user from using the Bluetooth application nor does it stop other Bluetooth enabled devices from pairing with the MX7 Tecton while AppLock is in control E EQ MX7WMRG A 83 MX7 Tecton
116. Valid values are between O seconds no delay and 999 seconds The Auto At Boot delay is associated for each application it will be either a value specified by the Administrator or it will be the delay default value At startup when a delay has been assigned for each application AppLock waits for the delay associated with the first application to expire before launching the first application then AppLock waits for the delay associated with the second application to expire before launching the second application AppLock continues in this manner until all applications are launched Note A Global Delay can be accomplished by setting a timed delay for the first application to be launched by lowest Order number and no delay O seconds for all other applications Note Launch order is determined by the Order specified in the Application tab The Order value does not have to be sequential E EQ MX7WMRG A 188 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Auto Re Launch Auto Re Launch Default is Enabled When enabled for a specific application automatically re launches it subject to the specified Auto Re Launch Delay in seconds after it terminates This option allows the Administrator to disable the re launch operation AppLock cannot prevent all applications from closing When an application that AppLock cannot prevent from closing terminates perhaps because of an error condition AppLock re launches the application when this o
117. Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 146 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Registry Registry Start Settings System Registry Choose an MX7 Tecton software reload scheme ME Registry C d Load User Defaults Save User Defaults Load Factory Defaults Wtarmboot Restart When clicked a standard load file dialog is opened to allow the user to pick a Registry Save RSG file The applet then copies the specified User registry file to the Active registry The user is asked to verify a reboot and then the applet does a warmboot to activate the new registry Load User Defaults Load User Defaults takes 20 seconds from SD card or 10 seconds from internal flash When clicked a standard Save File dialog is opened to allow the user to name the Registry Save Save User Defaults RSG file The applet then copies the Active registry to the specified User registry file Save User Defaults takes 30 seconds to save to SD card or 10 seconds to save to internal flash The applet copies the Factory Default registry from the OS to the Active registry by deleting the cur rent registry The user is asked to verify a reboot and then the applet does a restart to activate the factory default registry If a user password has been set the applet warns the user that the password will be erased and asks them to enter it before the reboot is allowed When clicked the OS does a registry flush Active registry saved to Fl
118. a al o Sa ess 289 Ceiiicates sales siri papi do auo ss bas into salas sais dcEssa Esses sta Uddos senduidnasd bau GR 291 Generating a Root CA Certificate nana 292 Installing a Root CA Certinicate aaa aaa aaa aaa 200 Generating a User Cerihicate aan 296 Exporting a User Certicate aaa 299 Installing a User Certificate a 300 Keymaps 8311 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Delete en 301 55 Key 5250 Alphanumeric KeyMap Primary Delete o cece cee cee cee eee cee cee cece eee cece 307 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Backspace 2 22 2 L 00 0 00000000000000 a 00a o oao noaoono onnan ole 32 key Numeric Alpha Kevma e di SO CS US a uae a SS S p KR kas 319 TechnicalSpecifications 325 DES O a AA 325 ee AAP AE 326 Environmental SoecrTicaiionsg bugsaat ba bk Aba aa Gag lanG Pa gas cues cebeubsGcahlwtevedevebedeeesid anana 326 Network Card SoeciTncationg L AA 327 Summit 802 11 a b g SDIO 2 4 5 0GHZ aeee 327 E o AA AA AAEE T 327 E EQ MX7WMRG A x MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents AC Wall Adagter Fagen eas Esp duanac dk panda dose Ss LLDD age TLELLELITSDULLLLEILGLDEYLE ah E cdesngana sas 327 KT Se O e EEEE O E EE EA S T ENEE Qi APA 328 AppLock Error Messages ana 330 ROVIN HISTO ihien e a PERDER KALA Ahaha ER 336 ndx 8587 E EQ MX7WMRG A xi MX7 Tecton for Windows M
119. ad scan is desired Scan sounds are accompanied by a tactile response when the internal scanner Sound parameter is enabled Enable short medium or long duration for each selection good scan and bad scan Adjust the settings and tap ok to save the changes The changes take effect immediately E EQ MX7WMRG A 98 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Notification Tab Since the Data Collection Wedge uses the operating system interface to sound beeps if the volume vibrate icon is set to anything other than On Wedge beeps do not sound Wedge vibration is not affected by the System setting BE Start a dE m Monday 07 PM May 73 7011 a volume I On O vibrate Off D Calendar Contacts Speaker Volume Vibrate Icon E EQ MX7WMRG A 99 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Data Options Tab Data Options Tab Start Settings System Data Collection Data Options tab Barcode manipulation parameter settings on this tab are applied to the incoming data resulting from successful barcode scans sent to the MX7 Tecton for processing Note The Data Options tab contains only those options available for one type of decoding engine The Data Options tab contains several options to control barcode processing Options include e Defining custom Code IDs e Disable processing of specified barcode symbologies e Rejecting barcode data that is too short or too long e Stripping characters including Co
120. aedeeaceuseectecsetesdecceesoseabas 251 Pai AD GG BA E 252 Auto Profile aa 253 Admin HOGI AA 254 PONG AA AA AA 255 PULONG esac eset so Asas Ge ee eee NAAN ANNA aii UE SO po eee a AG 256 Profile Parameters aeee aeee nana 257 E EQ MX7WMRG A ix MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents 12 a AA RENT MDS SAR E NPR ORDINARIA EN eee ae Re ee 259 SIL AO PA AA AA 260 RO UO AA 261 Custom Parameter Option 0 0 0 0 c ccc ccc c cece aa 262 Global Parameters 00000000000000 0000000000000000 00000000L a aoaaa 263 Sign On vs Stored Credentials ossos dos hinh AG NAL Th dahan 2 IANG ad LA anda Seja solid IE lca sas sadicia 26 How to Use Stored CIedenNals ca a aman ma AKNG Dhan imp ssada di sadias ad e is Di da ae is 26 How to Use Sign On Screen 2 aan 268 Windows Certificate Store vs Certs Path ccc ccc cee cee cee eee eee eee eee eee e een ees 269 accra te ee ese ganas sec aed ee es AAP PP APA 269 Root CA Certiicates enero e en eeen eens 269 COMA MING the able E da id eee ni o A SSD BUS dd do aus ga 211 DO CU REINER BEAN DAGA RED REPRESENT NERD NE RR EN 211 MEP sena ecco RE RE AA DD AA ee nen AD RS 272 CA 274 AA AA AA 276 PEAP GTO cee a ee cee a esc ics na be a uence caves 279 DOR a perene dna E 4s deduce ANA GANAN 282 EA AA 284 ca samp pass SUAS EC E Ses RES ETs PESCA ada AA AA AA 286 MEO ca arianos a ada wise ai ea cing ee ec ete a A
121. age and Other options If an Internet Explorer webpage is larger than the MX7 Tecton screen can display at one time use touch screen gestures for horizontal and vertical scrolling For information on the version of Internet Explorer loaded on the MX7 Tecton tap the Favorites soft key and select About Internet Explorer Office Mobile Applications Start Office Mobile Office 2003 and Office 2007 formats are supported though these are subset applications so not all objects may appear as expected ActiveSync handles all file format conversions for these files transferred between the MX7 Tecton and the host PC ActiveSync Start ActiveSync ActiveSync can be setup to synchronize with an Exchange server Contact your system administrator for configuration information AppLock Option Start Settings System Administration The AppLock program is accessed by the user or the AppLock Administrator at bootup or upon completion of a cold boot Set parameters using the Administration option in the Settings Panel E EQ MX7WMRG A 31 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Summit Summit SCU Summit Client Utility Start Summit Summit automatically installs and runs after every cold boot See Wireless Network Configuration for Summit Client Utility setup information and instruction Certs Start Summit Certs Contents of README TXT file located in Start Summit Certs menu option This directory is the
122. all barcode symbologies have configuration parameters so the Advanced button is not present for all symbologies The chart below lists the symbologies and advanced configuration parameters available for that symbology If a symbology is not listed it does not have any advanced configuration parameters E EQ MX7WMRG A 111 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced HHP Only Codabar BE Start O e d E Codabar Advanced Properties ok X Check Character Required Transmit Required When enabled the check character is required Default is Start Stop Character disabled DU naren Transmit When enabled the check character is transmitted Default is disabled Start Stop Character Transmit When enabled the start stop characters are transmitted Default is disabled Code 11 28 Start yr d G code11 Advanced Properties ok xX Check Digits Required Check Digits Required When enabled only barcodes with two check digits are decoded The default is disabled E EQ MX7WMRG A 112 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced HHP Only Code 39 BE Start Pe f E Code39 Advanced Properties ok X Check Character Required Transmit Transmit Start Stop Character Full ASC Append EAN 8 ME Start Per fi a leap Advanced Properties ok X Transmit Check Character Addenda _ Read 2 Digit Read 5 Digit Required In
123. and mounting screws 3 Handstrap Clip E EQ MX7WMRG A 5 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Keypads Keypads 55 Key Delete Primary ANSI Keypad O Pain U we N L LA Pan f S Paga LS L k LET E P er j Ea i i do ri do Fa a Af AB Te sad Ci EN 6 X O O DN OD Q DN gt System Status LED Volume Control Icon Display Brightness Icon Diamond Key Scan Button Enter Key Orange Key Sticky Key Blue Key Sticky Key On Off Button Scan Status LED Spc and Del key location 55 Key Backspace Primary ANSI Keypad 7 LAJ a O E Ta LY fmt es o O Do ND Q O N maa O System Status LED Volume Control Icon Display Brightness Icon Diamond Key Scan Button Enter Key Orange Key Sticky Key Blue Key Sticky Key On Off Button Scan Status LED Spc and Bksp key location E EQ MX7WMRG A 6 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide MX7 Tecton Troubleshooting 32 Key Numeric Alpha Keypad System Status LED Alpha Status LED Diamond Keys Scan Button Enter Key Alph Key Orange Key Sticky Key Blue Key Sticky Key On Off Button Scan Status LED O O SoS SYS O MX7 Tecton Troubleshooting Can t change the date time or AppLock is installed and may be running in User Mode on the MX7 Tecton AppLock user adjust the volume mode restricts access to the control panels T
124. ap KNA AK GA AG PANAMA DADA NGA did ERA ERIKA ADEN Si LALA 198 Configuring the MX7 Tecton with LXEConnect een 199 Install LXEConnect aaa aaa aeee aeee 199 Using LXEConnect secar a sn ban da bal re ai Ea do dO DE MS UR DD Aa ba ce 199 aa asa a eee Rd pe AA AA 201 A O 1 PEIEE ri pent AA 201 Registry Based Launch tems c aaa aaa aaa aaa 201 Launch Startup O0IOnS aa 203 Example aaa 203 Script Based Launchtems c ieee eee cece eee cece eee e cece eee eens ee ceseeeeeseeeeeeeseceseeees 204 Enhanced Launch Utility Usage 204 File Names 205 Command line structure e a era 205 Comments ea 205 Commands Supported by Launch aa aaa 206 Launch Error Messages mwaa kaa aNG NLA NANG sad desse guildas SUR maa G UNG NN LLDD Saan bamh haa hanga 219 Example Script File a 221 Software Development een 221 Enabler Installation and Configuration a 222 laat lak cod A E eae 222 lak aN ACL q RR A ARDER RR RD RUN ENE DD AD ecsace 222 Installing the Enabler on LXE Devices a 222 DNC or ce ete Ena acess abe E AA 222 Enabler Uninstall Process een 223 Stop the Enabler Service aeee 223 Update Monitoring OVeiew eae 223 Mobile Device Wireless and Network Settings 0 0 0 0 a 224 E EQ MX7WMRG A viii MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents Preparing an LXE Device for Remote Management aan 22
125. ash registry hive and then a Warmboot ama bat When clicked the OS does a registry flush and then a restart Load Factory Defaults E EQ MX7WMRG A 147 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Remove Programs Remove Programs Start Settings System Remove Programs This panel is used to uninstall programs The Remove Program listing is for all programs installed via ActiveSync or via a CAB file Programs installed via a package file are not included in this list AF Settings a qm Programs in storage memory LHE RFT erm SOC Summit LAN Adapter LXE Data Collection edge Remove Total storage memory available 107480K Remove Programs Settings ge Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the o X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 148 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Screen Screen Start Settings System Screen General RE Settings ed Co Orientation C1 Portrait L 7 Landscape right handed CO Landscape left handed Align Screen Align the screen if it is not responding accurately to stylus taps Align Screen RE Settings Orientation Portrait aq Landscape right handed EN C3 Landscape left handed a Align Screen Align the screen if it is not responding accurately to stylus taps Align Screen General ClearType Text Size
126. asks Today Settings Appearance Panel and Items Panel Use the Appearance panel to assign a theme for the device The default theme is Windows Mobile Classic Blue Any user installed themes are included in the list Use the Items panel to select the items to be shown on the Start panel Calendar must be selected as well as Date if the date is the only item to be shown on the Start menu The Today timeout timer refers to the return to Today screen function When the device is placed in Suspend and the timer expires a return from Suspend displays the Today screen not the application in focus when the MX7 Tecton was placed in Suspend The application in focus which is running in the background will need to be selected again Use Options to set display parameters for highlighted items in the Checked Items list Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 56 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Personal Panels Personal Panels About LXE Start Settings Personal About LXE The data cannot be edited by the MX7 Tecton user on these panels GUID Windows CE Version OAL Version Bootloader Version Compile Version Software Programmable Component Version s and Language Language indicates localized version Hardware CPU Type Codec Type Display Flash memory and DRAM me
127. ation including synchronization with an Exchange server Calculator Calendar date book application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook calendar using ActiveSync Contacts Address book application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook address book using ActiveSync Email application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook email using ActiveSync or it can synchronize with an Exchange server File Explorer Displays a structured picture of files on the system Help Access Windows Mobile help system on the MX7 Tecton Options to search using Windows Live Search are available Internet Explorer Access web pages on the Internet Internet Sharing Setup PC Connection and Network Connection Windows Live Messenger Instant Messaging service Internet access required Notes Notebook application Select Menu View Recording Toolbar to create an audio note Can be synchronized with PC Outlook notes using ActiveSync E EQ MX7WMRG A 38 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Start Menu Options Icon Function Office Mobile Access to Excel PowerPoint Word and OneNote Compatible with Microsoft Office 2007 Pictures and Video Picture video viewer application Can be synchronized with PC My Documents folder using ActiveSync Remote Desktop Mobile Display remote desktop Setup for computer user name password and domain required Use Options to setup connected options for the remote desktop Settings Access to s
128. ave the Avalanche Enabler installation files loaded but not installed on the mobile device when it is shipped from LXE The installation files are located in the System folder Note Important If the user is NOT using Wavelink Avalanche to manage their mobile device s the Enabler should not be installed on the mobile device s Doing so results in unnecessary delays when booting the device Briefly The Avalanche Enabler installation file LXE ENABLER CAB is loaded on the MX7 Tecton by LXE however the device is not configured to launch the Enabler installation file automatically The installation application must be run manually the first time Avalanche is used After the installation application is manually run the Enabler will by default be an auto launch application This behavior can be modified by accessing the Avalanche Update Settings panel through the Enabler Interface The RMU CE CAB file is placed on the device during manufacturing in the System RMU folder During the Enabler installation process the Enabler checks for the RMU CE CAB file in the System folder e If present it assumes the RMU CE CAB file is already installed and continues e Ifthe file RMU CE CAB file is not present it looks for the file in the System RMU folder e If present the Enabler copies the file to the System folder and installs it At this point the OS will automatically install the RMU Remote Management Utility after the MX7 Tecton reboots
129. ay sound _ vibrate Sounds Notifications Sounds amp Notifications Settings Notifications The Event box lists several events that can have an associated notification The notification depending on the event selected may consist of playing a sound displaying a screen message flashing a light or triggering the vibration motor When the flash light option is selected the MX7 Tecton flashes the Alpha LED When finished tap ok to save the changes Ss 2 Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 54 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Today Today Start Settings Today Configure the appearance and the items to display on the Today screen 2 Settings Pio val c OK ME Settings Select a theme For your device Checked items appear on the Today screen Classic Blue SE ret elete Isaac Mizrahi purple e Wireless Rock and Republic black Ron Arad orange Getting Started Vera Wang red Owner Info Messaging Use this picture as the background Tasks Browse Today timeout Appearance Items Appearance Items E EQ MX7WMRG A 55 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Today Ay Settings std Cc OK Today Tasks Options Display number of High priority tasks Tasks due today Overdue tasks Category All T
130. ayed if you specify a non existent field but is displayed if you specify a non existent key or subkey E EQ MX7WMRG A 207 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch DelRegKey Description Deletes a specified registry subkey Syntax DelRegKey key subkey Parameters key The abbreviated major registry key where you want to delete the subkey Can be one of e cr Or hkcr HKEY CLASSES ROOT e CU Or hkcu HKEY CURRENT USER e Im or hklm HKEY LOCAL MACHINE The case of key doesn t matter subkey The subkey you want to delete Example delregkey LM Software WidgetsPlc OurApp Notes Deletes the specified subkey and all of its contents if any Description Begins conditional command block executed only if the previous IF command was FALSE Syntax ElseIf Parameters None Example See IfFile below Notes Results are unpredictable if not paired properly with If command E EQ MX7WMRG A 208 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch Description Begins conditional command block executed only if the file specified in the previous IfFile does not exist Syntax ElselfFile Parameters None Example See IfFile below Notes Results are unpredictable if not paired properly with IfFile command Description Ends conditional command block begun with the previous IF command Syntax EndIf Parameters None Example See IfFile below
131. bal Parameters The amount of time in milliseconds between each ping after a Start Ping button Ping Delay ms 1000 tap Options are Any number between 0 and 30000 ms Note Tap the Commit button to save changes If this panel is closed before tapping the Commit button changes are not saved E EQ MX7WMRG A 266 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Sign On vs Stored Credentials Sign On vs Stored Credentials When using wireless security that requires a user name and password to be entered the Summit Client Utility offers these choices e The Username and Password may be entered on the Credentials screen If this method is selected anyone using the device can access the network e The Username and Password are left blank on the Credentials screen When the device attempts to connect to the net work a sign on screen is displayed The user must enter the Username and Password at that time to authenticate How to Use Stored Credentials DS Qn AO Na N 10 11 12 13 After completing the other entries in the profile click on the Credentials button Enter the Username and Password on the Credentials screen and click the OK button Click the Commit button For LEAP and WPA LEAP configuration is complete For PEAP MSCHAP and PEAP GTC importing the CA certificate into the Windows certificate store is optional For EAP TLS import the CA certificate into the Windows certificate store Also import
132. be terminated if an error condition occurs or at the end user s request Error conditions may generate a topmost popup requiring an end user response memory resource issues requiring an end user response etc Also at the administrator s discretion these types of applications can be started manually see Manual Launch by the end user E EQ MX7WMRG A 190 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Security Panel Security Panel E Administration rang d c E Administration ok X Application Security Options Status Hot Key Password Confirm Password Security Panel Setting an Activation Hotkey Specify the hotkey sequence that triggers AppLock to switch between administrator and user modes and the password required to enter Administrator mode The default hotkey sequence is Shift Ctrl A A 2nd key keypress is an invalid keypress for a hotkey sequence Move the cursor to the Hot Key text box Enter the new hot key sequence by first pressing the Shift state key followed by a normal key The hotkey selected must be a key sequence that the application being locked does not use The hotkey sequence is intercepted by AppLock and is not passed to the application Input from the keyboard or Input Panel is accepted with the restriction that the normal key must be pressed from the keyboard when switching modes The hotkey sequence is displayed in the Hot key text box with lt Shift gt lt Alt gt and lt Ctr
133. bile Reference Guide Intermediate Intermediate 2 Settings ed Co Manage Certificates Use intermediate certificates ko positively identify intermediate certification authorities Personal Intermediate Root Certificate Settings Intermediate Panel This panel lists any installed Intermediate certificates Intermediate certificates are used to help authenticate certificates received from other hosts To install an Intermediate certificate 1 Copy aDER encoded cer file a base64 encoded cer file or a pfx file to a folder on the MX7 Tecton 2 Use File Explorer to browse to the location of the file and open the file by tapping the file name The new certificate is copied to Intermediate certificate store on the MX7 Tecton E EQ MX7WMRG A 90 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Root Root a Settings Manage Certificates Use intermediate certificates to positively identify intermediate certification authorities Personal Intermediate Root Certificate Settings Root Panel This panel lists any installed Root certificates Root certificates are used to authenticate certificates received from other hosts To install a Root certificate 1 Copy aDER encoded cer file a base64 encoded cer file or a pfx file to a folder on the MX7 Tecton 2 Use File Explorer to browse to the location of the file and open the file by tapping the file name The new certificate is copied to Root certificate s
134. cates that the application is active If the application is listed but does not have a checkmark to the left of the application name this means the application is configured in AppLock and can be manually launched by tapping on the application name in the list Using a Stylus Tap When the mobile device enters end user mode a Switchpad icon it looks like three tiny windows one above the other is displayed in the lower right corner of the display The Switchpad is always visible on top of the application in focus However if only one application is configured in AppLock and the Input Panel is disabled the Switchpad is not visible When the user taps the Switchpad icon a menu is displayed showing the applications available to the user The user can tap an application name in the popup menu and the selected application is brought to the foreground The previous application continues to run in the background Stylus taps affect the application in focus only When the user needs to use the Input Panel they tap the Keyboard option Input Panel taps affect the application in focus only See Also Application Panel Launch Manual Launch and Allow Close Using the Switch Key Sequence One switch key sequence or hotkey is defined by the administrator for the end user to use when switching between locked applications This is known as the Activation key The Activation key is assigned by the Administrator using the Global Key parameter When th
135. cation Configuration 2 02 cece cece eee eee e cee cece cece eee ec cee cee cece eee eeeteeceeseeseeeeeeseeseeeeees 185 Application AA PAS 186 Launch Button aee 188 PULO ABO a AA we ADA NON ee eee ee 188 Na LAU IE essas ires he see aan ss Cc id nunc A da E A 189 Manual Launch la 189 MC Aa UE Sa een PA A Aa Se Se eR NG GA ee nee nee AS RU TAO DOBARA NA ee nee 190 Allow close AA a 190 Security Panel aa 191 Setting an Activation Hotkey a 191 Setting a Password in the Security Panel aaa 191 esa AA APP PR PEP PAP 192 Status PaneL eee eee eee eee eee eee eben eben eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 193 ATE AA aa 193 LOS os a E TG a 194 DAVE DO aa nab ba SEE ia es ase GEN LANA Sd NAGA NGA LANANG DE Eau E SEA OCL aaa AL 194 E EQ MX7WMRG A vii MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents Troubleshooting AppLock aaa 194 USP MC AA AA AA APR APA 193 Introduction AA ee nara 195 Mual SED PRERESI eee ca ee AAP 195 ComectviaUSB eee 195 Cable for USB ActiveSync Connection aaa 196 CD ass ee GAB LEAK E gen ane UG da pa A E A PE KANAN 197 Backup Data Files using ActiveSync a 197 Prerequisites ee 197 CORN Cla oo ane esse ca Goes nai asc as asas dae es Gina E inc sds SEE AA 197 BA HAS 197 MX7 Tecton with a Disabled Touchscreen aeee nen 197 Reset and Loss of Host Re connection nene 197 Troubleshooting ALINET INE
136. cause of the configuration specified The MX7 Tecton will still generate a bad scan beep to indicate the barcode has been rejected Buttons Individually enable or disable a barcode from being scanned set the minimum and maximum Symbology Settings size barcode to accept strip Code ID strip data from the beginning or end of a barcode or based on configurable Barcode Data add a prefix or suffix to a barcode before transmission Cin Char Mannin Define the operations the Wedge performs on control characters values less than 0x20 FES embedded in barcodes Defines an identifier that is at the beginning of barcode data which acts as a Code ID After a Custom Identifiers Custom Identifier is defined Symbology Settings can be defined for the identifier just like standard Code IDs Set properties for an HHP imager including centering mode range AIM timer and light behavior HHP Properties Note that the HHP Properties button is only present if the MX7 Tecton is equipped with an HHP imager E EQ MX7WMRG A 102 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Symbology Settings Symbology Settings Start Settings System Data Collection Symbology Settings button The Symbology selected in the Symbology drop down list defines the symbology for which the data is being configured The features available on the Symbology panel include the ability to e individually enable or disable a barcode from scanning e set the min
137. cessed Any barcode scanned that is less than the number of characters specified in the Min field is rejected The default for this field is 1 Max This field specifies the maximum length that the barcode data not including Code ID can be processed Any barcode scanned that has more characters than specified in the Max field is rejected The default for this field is All 9999 If the value entered is greater than the maximum value allowed for that symbology the maximum valid length is used instead E EQ MX7WMRG A 105 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Strip Leading Trailing Control Strip Leading Trailing Control Start Settings System Data Collection Symbology button This group of controls determines what data is removed from the collected data before the data is buffered for the application When all values are set Code ID takes precedence over Leading and Trailing Barcode Data stripping is performed last Stripping occurs before the Prefix and Suffix are added so does not affect them Strip Leading Code ID Trailing Barcode Data Symbology Strip Leading Trailing If the total number of characters being stripped is greater than the number of characters in the collected data it becomes a zero byte data string If in addition Strip Code ID is enabled and no prefix or suffix is configured the processing will return a zero byte data packet which will be rejected The operation
138. ciated authenticated Access Point is 51 dBm to 70 dBm d The signal strength for the currently associated authenticated Access Point is greater than 50 dBm E EQ MX7WMRG A 248 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Using Windows Mobile Wireless Manager Using Windows Mobile Wireless Manager LXE recommends using the Summit Client Utility to manage wireless connectivity However if desired Windows Mobile includes the Wireless Manager utility to manage wireless network connections in place of the Summit Client Utility To use the Windows Mobile Wireless Manager first open the Summit Client Utility 1 Select ThirdPartyConfig in the Active Profile drop down box on the Main tab 2 A message appears that a Power Cycle is required to make settings activate properly 3 Tap OK 4 Suspend Resume the MX7 Tecton Access the Wireless Manager utility by tapping the radio icon at the top of the screen or tapping Start Settings Connections Wi Fi If the Wi Fi icon is not present in the Connections panel return to the Summit Client Utility and select ThirdPartyC onfig Create a New Network Connection Click on the Wi Fi icon A list of available networks is displayed AW Settings Kd OK Configure Wireless Networks dd New Available Available Available Available Available Available Networks ko access Only access points ka Wireless Network Adapters Connect Available networks If the desired netw
139. cking the OK button in the LXE Connect window on the PC desktop The dialog box auto matically times out and disappears after approximately 20 seconds E Start Monday February 22 2011 Getting Started Tap here to set owner informatie No unread messages No tasks No upcoming appointmenmEs Live Search A Device unlocked Calendar Contacts LXEConnect Desktop 7 The MX7 Tecton can now be configured from the LXEConnect window Input from the PC s mouse and keyboard are recognized as if they were attached to the MX7 Tecton 8 When the remote session is completed terminate the LXEConnect program by selecting File Exit or clicking on the X in the upper right hand corner to close the application then disconnect the ActiveSync cable E EQ MX7WMRG A 200 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Launch Utility Launch Utility Introduction The launch utility on the MX7 Tecton has two functions e Process registry based Launch items e Process script based Launch items The registry based Launch items are processed before the script based Launch items Note There is no Warm Boot Warm Start Warm Reset as used in other versions of Microsoft operating systems function available for Windows Mobile devices Suspend resume performs the equivalent function Registry Based Launch Items Note The Registry based Launch items documented here are processed before the Script Based Launch items The Launch utility can
140. clD s Secondary IDs etc The default is for the User and Admin status popup windows to show all status information The 5 second timeout to remove the status popup from the display is disabled by default for the User and Admin status popup windows E EQ MX7WMRG A 143 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Peripherals Peripherals Start Settings System Peripherals This panel is used to enable and disable the touch screen heater and scan window heater Factory Default Settings Touch screen heater Enabled Scan window heater Enabled Heater Trip Point 40 C 100 F Heaters Note Settings have no effect if the touch screen scan window heaters are not installed ME Start Pin eae T OK Peripherals Scan Window Heater is not installed Touch Screen Heater is not installed Scan Window Heater is OFF Touch Screen Heater is OFF Scan Window Heater L GB Dis Touch Screen Heater enabled cis Heater trip point degrees Click the radio button to enable or disable the heaters The default heater trip point is 40 C 100 F Choose a different trip point from the drop down list and click OK The change is in effect immediately Celsius degrees temperature Fahrenheit temperature 32 5 9 E EQ MX7WMRG A 144 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Regional Settings Regional Settings Start Settings System Regional Settings F Settings i c OK M
141. cter Transmit Check Character When enabled transmit the check character Default is enabled OCR See OCR Symbology on page 119 E EQ MX7WMRG A 115 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced HHP Only Planet Postal AlphaNumeric Encoding Technique AE Start Perto Planet Advanced Properties ok X Transmit Check Character Transmit Check Character When enabled transmit the check character Default is disabled Posicode RE Start Y Pita q E Posicode Advanced Propert ok X Limited Labels L 7 Mone JA o o Limited Labels Select the type of Posicode Limited labels None A Posicode Limited A B Posicode Limited B E EQ MX7WMRG A 116 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced HHP Only Telepen ag Start Pe ft Telepen Advanced Properties ok X Original Output Original Output When enabled output is Original Telepen When disabled output is AIM Default is enabled UPCA ag Start T qu 4 Transmit Check Character When enabled transmit the check character upca Advanced Properties ok X Default is enabled Transmit Number System Digit When enabled transmit the number system digit Default is enabled Transmit Number System Digit Addenda Addenda Read 2 Digit When enabled transmit the 2 digit addenda Default is _ Read Digit disabled Read 5 Digit Read 5 Digit When enable transmit the 5 di
142. cting to the network e For Stored Credentials User and the CA Certificate Filename must be entered Enter these items as directed below E EQ MX7WMRG A 286 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide EAP TLS ME Summit Client Utility Ge a User CU Validate server EAP TLS Credentials Enter the Domain Username if the Domain is required otherwise enter the Username Leave the certificate file name entries blank for now Click OK then click Commit Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab Once successfully authenticated import the user certificate into the Windows certificate store Return to the Credentials screen Use the Browse button to locate the User Cert from the certificate store Highlight the desired certificate and press the Select button The name of the certificate is displayed in the User Cert box Some versions of the SCU require a User Cert password If this entry field is present enter the password for the user certificate in the User Cert pwd box See Windows Certificate Store vs Certs Path for more information on certificate storage Check the Validate server checkbox E EQ MX7WMRG A 287 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide EAP TLS ME Summit Client Utility Ge a ser act To JE validate server Use MS store EAP TLS Credentials If using the Windows certificate store e Check the Use MS store checkbox The default is to use the Full Tru
143. ctiveSync session will automatically re connect MX7 Tecton with a Disabled Touchscreen A MX7 Tecton touchscreen can be disabled using the Options control panel Misc tab In these cases it may be easier to configure the MX7 Tecton using ActiveSync and LXEConnect rather than using the MX7 Tecton keypad only Reset and Loss of Host Re connection ActiveSync assigns a partnership between a client and a host computer A partnership is defined by two objects a unique computer name and a random number generated when the partnership is first created An ActiveSync partnership between a unique client can be established to two hosts When the mobile device is reset return to default settings the random number is deleted and the partnership with the last one of the two hosts is also deleted The host retains the random numbers and unique names of all devices having a partnership with it Two clients cannot have a partnership with the same host if they have the same Device Name If the reset mobile device tries to reestablish the partnership with the same host PC a new random number is generated for the mobile device and ActiveSync will insist the unique name of the mobile device be changed If the mobile device is associated with a second host changing the name will destroy that partnership as well This can cause some confusion when re establishing partnerships with hosts E EQ MX7WMRG A 197 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide
144. ctory default values for example after a cold reset the Administrator may need to reconfigure the AppLock parameters The assumption in this section is that the first user to power up a new mobile device is the system administrator Note AppLock Administrator panel file Launch option does not inter relate with similarly named options contained in other MX7 Tecton System Panels Note A few applications do not follow normal procedures when closing AppLock cannot prevent this type of application from closing but is notified that the application has closed For these applications AppLock immediately restarts the application see Auto Re Launch which causes the screen to flicker If this type of application is being locked the administrator should close all other applications before switching to end user mode to minimize the screen flicker AppLock is updated periodically as new options become available Contact your LXE representative for assistance downloads and update availability E EQ MX7WMRG A 179 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Setup a New Device Setup a New Device Prerequisites e The touch panel must be enabled Refer to the Start Settings Options Misc Touch Panel Disabled setting If the Touch Panel Disabled option is dimmed the touch panel cannot be turned off by the user e An MX7 Tecton default input method Input Panel Transcriber or custom input method is assigned LXE devices with t
145. d Restart may also be called cold boot Hold down the Blue key the Scan key and the Power key until the screen blanks Release the keys and the MX7 Tecton cold boots Be sure to press the Scan key not the Enter key Pressing the Enter key begins a suspend resume function instead of a cold boot function Clean Boot Reset Important Because of the extreme nature of resetting the MX7 Tecton to factory default settings LXE recommends that this process be used only as an emergency procedure and suspend resume or cold boot be used whenever necessary To reset all MX7 Tecton configuration to factory defaults 1 Hold down the Blue Scan Power keys at the same time After the keypress the display turns solid white Be sure to press the Scan key not the Enter key 2 Release the keys and immediately press and hold the Enter Scan keys After the keypress the display turns dark If these keys are not pressed immediately the MX7 Tecton performs a Cold Boot Wait until the MX7 Tecton boots and try again 3 Release the Reset keys A message is displayed at the bottom of the display stating the change is in process If the message does not appear please try again When all programs have finished loading the Windows Mobile Start screen is displayed If prompted tap the touchscreen to set up your Windows Mobile based device E EQ MX7WMRG A 9 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Hardware System Hardware 802 11 a b g
146. d to enter credentials If the user clicks the Cancel button the device does not associate The user is not prompted again for credentials until e the device is rebooted e the radio is disabled then enabled e the Reconnect button on the Diags Tab is clicked or e the profile is modified and the Commit button is clicked E EQ MX7WMRG A 268 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Windows Certificate Store vs Certs Path Windows Certificate Store vs Certs Path Note It is important that all dates are correct on the MX7 Tecton and host computers when using any type of certificate Certificates are date sensitive and if the date is not correct authentication will fail User Certificates EAP TLS authentication requires a user certificate The user certificate must be stored in the Windows certificate store e Togenerate the user certificate see Generating a User Certificate e Toimport the user certificate into the Windows certificate store see Installing a User Certificate e A Root CA certificate is also needed Refer to the section below Root CA Certificates Root CA certificates are required for EAP TLS PEAP GTC and PEAP MSCHAP Two options are offered for storing these certificates They may be imported into the Windows certificate store or copied into the Certs Path directory How To Usethe Certs Path 1 2 4 5 See Generating a Root CA Certificate and follow the instructions to download the Root C
147. d the scanner aperture e Cold storage battery is recharged in the MX7T Battery Charger MX7T Desk Cradle and when in an MX7 Tecton attached to an external power source e g AC adapter The Cold Storage version is designed to operate normally when reading barcodes and moving from and into cold storage warehouses freezers and vehicles where the temperatures may vary between 30 C and 5 C 22 F and 41 F Cold Storage Battery LXE PIN 159904 0001 Li lon 7 4 VDC Cold Storage Battery Label Standard MX7T Battery Label There is no change in the way the Cold Storage battery is inserted into and removed from the MX7 Tecton battery well See the section in the MX7 Tecton User Guide titled nserting Fully Charged Battery for instruction Cold Storage Battery Life minimum 2 5 hours while the unit is roaming powered on with ambient temperature 10 C 14 F or above Display backlight turned on Keypad LED backlight on radio connected to Access Point and scanner decoding barcodes The LXE Li lon main battery MX7A381BATT MX7393BATT has been designed specifically for the Cold Storage device This 1250mAh battery has a blue label while the standard MX7 Tecton 2200mAh battery has a white MX7A380BATT MX7392BATT label Snowflake Decal A Cold Storage device has a snowflake decal between the touchscreen and the keypad The decal is located to the left when the mobile device screen is facing forward Due to the heating el
148. de Components Components LEE AHT i ae A o Mg Ee o i E Snn BOO O O O 1 Scanner Imager Aperture 6 Blue Key Sticky Key 2 Speaker 7 Scan Status LED 3 System Status LED 8 Cable Port 4 Scan Button 9 On Off Button o Orange Key Sticky Key 10 Alpha Lock LED 32 Key keypad only O O O Diamond Keys E EQ MX7WMRG A 2 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide I O Port and Cables Scanner Imager Aperture Stylus and Stylus Pocket Trigger Handle Attach Points Main Battery Battery Fastener Cable Port Dn O BO M A I O Port and Cables lO Port Cable Multipurpose RS 232 and Power MX7055CABLE E EQ MX7WMRG A 3 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Scanner Imager Aperture Cable Multipurpose USB and Power MX7052CABLE Adapter Cable Audio MX7060CABLE Adapter RS 232 PC port to D9 male MX7058CABLE Scanner Imager Aperture 1 Scanner Aperture 2 MX7 Tecton Front Caution Never stare directly into the beam aperture If Continuous Scan Mode has been enabled default is disabled the laser is always on and decoding Caution Laser beam is emitted continuously Do not stare into the laser beam E EQ MX7WMRG A 4 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Handle Handle Imager Scanner Aperture Trigger Handle Tether Attach Point M M gt Handstrap 1 Handstrap 2 Handstrap Retainer Bracket
149. de ID leading or trailing characters and specified barcode data strings e Replacing control characters e Adding a prefix and a suffix Factory Default Settings as Start er d UT OK EH Start Data Collection Data Collection Enable Code ID NOG F Enable Code ID Symbology Settings Symbology Settings Ctrl Char Mapping Ctrl Char Mapping Custom Identifiers Custom Identifiers HHF Properties COMI Notification Data Options Procl E COMI Notification Data Options Proce bs MX7 Tecton with an HHP imager MX7 Tecton with any other imager scanner Data Options Tab Note The HHP Properties button is only present if the MX7 Tecton is equipped with a Hand Held Properties HHP imager Choose an option in the Enable Code ID drop down box None AIM Symbol HHP or Custom E EQ MX7WMRG A 100 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Enable Code ID For MX7 Tecton with Symbol Data Collection Wedge can only enable or disable the processing of a barcode inside the Wedge software Enabling or disabling a specific barcode symbology at the scanner imager is done manually using the configuration barcode in the Integrated Scanner Programming Guide For MX7 Tecton with HHP Data Collection Wedge enables or disables the barcode at the imager as well as enabling or disabling the barcode processing in the Wedge software Enable Code ID This parameter programs the internal scanner to transmit the specified Code ID and or determine
150. default Settings password 226 DEVICE LICENSE bce ii galiza Ra NEH R Ra 222 Device Locked 22 222 e cece eee eee cece eee eee eee 28 Device Name 0000000000000000 197 Device Name and descniotiion 66 Device Unlocked 222222 e eee eee eee eee eee 28 Diags UA AA 260 Dimensions and Weight 326 Dimmed parameters not supported by LXE 22222 226 Discover 19 Discover and Query 19 E EQ MX7WMRGA 338 DLS 0 17 229 236 Display Backlight Timer 222 eee cece cece ee 17 Do not monitor or launch Enabler 223 233 Domain Enroll a 158 E EAP TLS Summit Radio 286 Enable Code ID 101 Enable Code ID drop down box 100 Enable Internal Scanner sound 98 Enable or Disable specific symbology 101 Enabler Uninstall Process 223 Enabler Configuration 0000000000000000000000000000000i 221 Enabler installation file 222 Enabler searches for an Mobile Device Server 223 Enabler Settings ICO a 22 AICI DUO ss siete sacras a tino E Ud asa d 133 Enhanced Launch 34 Environmental Specifications ll a 326 Error message Mobile unit out of resources 225 Error Message Agent not found 222 eee eee eee eee eee ee 223 Error Messages AppLock nene 330 FT eee eee ga ee 184 Example Barcode processing 125 Example Script File 221 Execution 229
151. default directory for digital certificates and protected access credentials PACs used in conjunction with Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP types When you use PEAP or EAP TLS you must provision a certificate authority CA certificate for the EAP authentication server and distribute that certificate to every client device On the device you can store the certificate in the Microsoft certificate store or in the directory with the path specified as the value for Certs Path on the Summit Client Utility SCU Global tab When you don t specify a Certs Path value SCU uses the path to this directory for the Certs Path value When you enter a CA certificate name on a SCU Credentials page you enter only the filename and extension not the path The Certs Path global setting provides the path If you import CA certificates into the Microsoft certificate store and want to use them in the SCU select Use MS store on the Credentials page When using the Microsoft certificate store SCU ignores the Certs Path global setting and the value specified in the CA Cert filename field on the Credentials window User not CA certificates for EAP TLS must be selected from the Microsoft certificate store When you use EAP FAST you must create a PAC for each client device When you create a PAC manually you must store it in the directory identified by the Certs Path global setting See Wireless Network Configuration for directions for acquiring CA and
152. der Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft e 2 3 4 5 N E EQ MX7WMRG A 310 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 Key 5250 Alphanumeric KeyMap Primary Delete To get this 5250 Key Function Press these Keys in this Order maka gp a CU sr A omg 8 3 Orange a mo o Orange mo Pos B Orange E EQ MX7WMRG A 311 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 Key 5250 Alphanumeric KeyMap Primary Delete o E i CO fe RO O PO fee po O a L CO a I a w ooo an L P e e w o f sm po a E EQ MX7WMRG A 312 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Backspace 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Backspace Note This key pad features a dedicated backspace key e Thefollowing keymap is used on an MX7 Tecton that is NOT running an LXE Terminal Emulator LXE terminal emu lators use a separate keymap e When using a sequence of keys that includes a sticky key press the sticky key first release it then press the rest of the key sequence e When using a sequence of keys that includes the Orange or Blue keys press the color key first then the rest of the key sequence e Tapping the Power key when in any sticky mode Blue Orange Shift etc either turns the device On when Off or places it in Suspend when On e Alphabetic keys default to lower case letters Press the Shft key then the alphabetic key for an uppercase lette
153. der a licensing agreement with Spyglass Inc Contains security software licensed From RSA Data Security Inc Portions of this software are based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group Portions of IPSec and related services jointly developed by Microsoft Corporation and Cisco Systems Inc Version Device ID Copyrights About Settings Copyright Panel This screen is presented for information only The Copyrights information cannot be changed by the user E EQ MX7WMRG A 67 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Backlight Backlight Start Settings System Backlight Set the power management timers for the display and key pad backlights Set the display brightness for battery and external power Backlight Factory Default Settings Default setting ME Settings e d mm OK Brightness l I 1 I l Brightness Battery Power External Power Adjust power settings to conserve power Slide the marker left and right to select the desired keypad and display brightness level Adjust the settings and tap ok to save the changes The changes take effect immediately IMPORTANT When the backlight timer expires the display backlight and the display are OFF as is the keypad backlight This is the System Idle state there is no separate User Idle state E EQ MX7WMRG A 68 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Battery Power Battery Power Factory Default Settings Tu
154. duction Enabler Install and Conigure a 222 IP Address and Name Seres 160 J Jacked eee 11 E EQ MX7WMRG A 339 K CAL AA AA 319 BZKCY oanciedacadcanaacindawncgonssacddnseteisaaceeawseckentas 319 55 k y AA APA PP 301 55 key 5250 307 Keypads e eee ce cee cee cee cece eee ee eeeeee 15 L Language and Fonts 2222 22 22 eee eee cece eeeee 57 Launch Startup options a 02 e eee eee cece eee 203 Leading and 106 TAMIA ic sree RR ie ai DS Sa eee LEAP without WPAL 2222 222 ee eee eee 274 Length Based Barcode Stripping 2 129 License Manager 2 136 Line of Sight 14 Link speed 241 Load Factory Defaults 0002222222 eee 147 Load User Derauite 00222 c eee eee eee eee 147 ke AR E RE PAPA PAP 8 48 Logging AppLock oao nen 194 LXEConnect 2 2 2 0 o eee eee cece ce cece cece eee eeees 34 199 M MAC Adadress eee cece eee e cece cece eeees 57 Main Tab SCU 22 eee cece cece e ee eee 252 Manage Network Settings 238 Wireless Settings a 238 manage the taskbar eee ee 233 234 Managed Programs a 137 Manual settings properties 239 Manual Settings Properties Panels 240 MACRO os tos eo ss daa eee nce tase NANA dee cereanouusce 107 Match List Rules 108 Memory aaaaaaaaaa aaan aaa 000a 00o 0 a002 aaao
155. e Using eXpress Scan Using eXpress Scan em eXpress Scan Desktop Icon express Scan If the MX7 Tecton has an eXpress Scan icon on the desktop eXpress Scan may be used for the initial configuration of the device If the eXpress Scan icon is not present on the desktop install the Enabler If the icon is still not present the Enabler must be updated If the eXpress Scan icon is present follow these steps to configure the MX7 Tecton to connect with the wireless network and the Mobile Device Server Step 1 Create Barcodes Barcodes are created with the eXpress Config utility on the desktop laptop computer not the mobile device Depending on the barcode length and the number of parameters selected eXpress Config generates one or more barcodes for device configuration The barcodes contain configuration parameters for the wireless client in the LXE device and may also specify the address of the Mobile Device Server Barcodes should be printed at a minimum of 600 dpi Please see Creating Configuration Barcodes with eXpress Config Step 2 Scan Barcodes For each LXE device to be configured please follow these instructions Start eXpress Scan on the MX7 Tecton by double clicking the eXpress Scan icon Enter the barcode password if any express Scan passcode Enter Passcode Press Start before scanning the first barcode eXpress Scan Password Input Click Start Barcode 1 must be scanned first The scann
156. e Administrator the following error message is displayed in a message box Selected hotkey is not allowed Please reenter When RFTerm is not installed on the mobile device the RFTerm keys are not restricted from use Can t locate the password that has been set by the administrator Contact your LXE representative for assistance See AppLock Error Messages on page 330 E EQ MX7WMRG A 194 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Using ActiveSync Using ActiveSync Introduction Requirement ActiveSync version 4 5 or higher for Windows XP desktop laptop computers must be resident on the host desktop laptop computer Windows Mobile Device Center version 6 1 or higher is required for a Windows Vista Windows 7 desktop laptop computer ActiveSync and Windows Mobile Device Center for the PC is available from the Microsoft website Follow their instructions to locate download and install ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Device Center on your desktop computer Note For readability in this section ActiveSync will be used in instructions and explanations If you have a Windows Vista or Windows 7 operating system on your desktop laptop replace ActiveSync with Windows Mobile Device Center Using Microsoft ActiveSync you can synchronize information on your desktop computer with the MX7 Tecton and vice versa Synchronization compares the data on your mobile device with your desktop computer and updates both with the most recent data
157. e Main Tab provides information admin login and active profile selection Profile specific parameters are found on the Profile Tab The parameters on this tab can be set to unique values for each profile The Status Tab contains information on the current connection The Diags Tab provides utilities to troubleshoot the radio Global parameters are found on the Global Tab The values for these parameters apply to all profiles E EQ MX7WMRG A 247 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Help Help Help is available by clicking the icon in the title bar on most SCU screens The SCU help may also be accessed by selecting Start Help and tapping the Summit Client Utility link The SCU does not have to be accessed to view the help information using this option Summit Tray Icon dil The Summit tray icon provides access to the SCU and is a visual indicator of radio status The Summit tray icon is displayed when e The Summit radio is installed and active e The Windows Zero Config utility is not active e The Tray Icon setting is On Click the icon to launch the SCU Use the tray icon to view the radio status The radio is not currently associated or authenticated to an Access Point d The signal strength for the currently associated authenticated Access Point is less than 90 dBm d The signal strength for the currently associated authenticated Access Point is 71 dBm to 90 dBm d The signal strength for the currently asso
158. e are necessary for Sign On Credentials as the user will be prompted for the User Name and Password when connecting to the network e For Stored Credentials User Password and the CA Certificate Filename must be entered Enter these items as directed below E EQ MX7WMRG A 276 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide PEAP MSCHAP 22 Summit Client Utility ORE OK DT Validate server PEAP MSCHAP Credentials Enter the Domain Username if the Domain is required otherwise enter the Username Enter the password Leave the CA Certificate File Name blank for now Click OK then click Commit Ensure the correct Active profile is selected on the Main Tab See Windows Certificate Store vs Certs Path for more information on certificate storage E EQ MX7WMRG A 277 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide PEAP MSCHAP Once successfully authenticated import the CA certificate into the Windows certificate store Return to the Credentials screen and check the Validate server checkbox AF Summit Client Utility ORE OK User Password LXE act Mio validate server Use MS store PEAP MSCHAP Certificate Filename If using the Windows certificate store e Check the Use MS store checkbox The default is to use the Full Trusted Store e Toselect an individual certificate click on the Browse button e Uncheck the Use full trusted store checkbox e Select the desired certificate and click Select You are r
159. e cece eceee cee aaa aaa 136 Managed Programs 2 2 2 0 a 137 Memory 138 NEL AA 138 SA AA 139 MICO a EBA ASA KA ESA UE ANAK NG DANGAN AA TEEN AN ANA AA O EE daa 140 Mixer Panels aaa aaa aeee 140 MX7 Tecton OOUOnS aaa 141 COMA VTA CONN elis grassa cases LDO La SS Ed Said dae anG DS aaa ham NA 141 IS 142 Status POPUD se renas cas Eni ra erence E we O ST E RR 143 PENDNCIAS scope dos an ne Dea US Ea a AE S RIO E ud SER EI E E a E Ds ARO Angat a a RE A CRIS EA DR aa ran 144 Heaters 144 Regional Settings aeee 145 Registry 147 Remove PIOGIAINS A DR RR ORE A O DN RN 148 ec tense pe eects DO eu ee ase RAND se aw ona ane uae aes REDES NNE E AEAEE E 149 OMY Maps ccs a ests ees BG a dis ote eo eee a ED a 149 Align Screen a 150 GIGANTES NAE tre dh aisha Seia edi ANAN cease nA TANA kako ANA da NAAN ANAA 151 TFE AA 152 Task Manager 0 0 aan aaa 153 AP E RE GA a aa a O MA a BA AG Ma ASA PG NG AGA JUAN SU 154 Connections Dane 155 AA AA a Di naw ba Gok sek dd e Sue Ce Des ao E Sae 155 COMME CONS co aaa sb ima sonia caos ANA NUNG KANA BAE o DURA aa dee a EE 156 Domain Enrol 158 Network Cade AE NA AD as NAA ENNA ad ANA LEO AABANG AA AG a E GU EESCE 159 USB to PC c cece cece eee cece cece cence cece ceeccccecccccsccensccecccceccceccccencccecccecsccececeees 161 Standard Microsoft Applications c cece cece c cece cece aaa 162 Internet Explorer Mobile
160. e control character name Refer to the Character drop down box for the list of control characters and their names When a character name is selected from the drop down box the default text Ignore drop is shown and highlighted in the Replacement edit control Ignore drop is highlighted so the user can type a replacement if the control character is not being ignored Once the user types any character into the Replacement edit control reselecting the character from the Character drop down box redisplays the default Ignore drop in the Replacement edit control The edit control where the user types the characters to be assigned as the replacement of the control character Replacements for a control character are assigned by selecting the appropriate character from the Character drop down box typing the replacement in the Replacement edit control according to the formats defined above and then selecting Assign The assigned replacement is then added to the list box above the Assign button For example if Carriage Return is replaced by Line Feed by specifying J or Ox0A in the configuration the value 0x0d received in any scanned barcode or defined in the prefix or suffix will be replaced with the value Ox0a The Wedge then sends Ctrl J to the receiving application rather than Ctrl M The list box shows all user defined control characters and their assigned replacements All replacements are enclosed in single quotes to delimit
161. e for that symbology If the scan does not meet the criteria for that symbology it is processed based on the settings for All If a code ID is not found the barcode data is processed based on the settings for All If the symbology is disabled the scan is rejected Strip leading data bytes unconditionally Strip trailing data bytes unconditionally Parse for and strip if found Data Options strings Replace any control characters with string as configured Add prefix string to output buffer If Code ID is not stripped add saved code ID from above to output buffer Add processed data string from above to output buffer Add suffix string to output buffer Add a terminating NUL to the output buffer in case the data is processed as a string If key output is enabled start the process to output keys If control characters are encountered e f Translate All is set key is translated to CTRL char and output e f Translate All is not set and key has a valid VK code key is output e Otherwise key is ignored not output If key output is disabled a windows message is broadcast to notify listening applications that data is available The manipulated data is ready to be read by applications E EQ MX7WMRG A 94 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Main Tab Main Tab Start Settings System Data Collection Main tab Factory Default Settings Device 1 Disabled Device 2 Internal Device 3 Disabled
162. e full path and name of the directory to be created Example mkdir Program Files MyApp Notes A new directory cannot be created if its parent directory doesn t exist For example to create a directory called IMy App with a subdirectory called SubDir1 use mkdir MyApp followed by mkdir MyApp SubDir1 Description Removes a directory Syntax Emdir dir Parameters dir The full path and name of the directory to be removed Example rmdir Program Files MyApp Notes A directory cannot be removed if it contains files or subdirectories E EQ MX7WMRG A 215 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch SetRegData Description Adds or updates a data field in the registry Syntax Setregdata key subkey type field data data dataS Parameters key subkey type field data Example The abbreviated major registry key where you want to create update the subkey Can be one of e cr or hkcr HKEY CLASSES ROOT e cu or hkcu HKEY CURRENT USER e Im or hklm HKEY LOCAL MACHINE The case of key doesn t matter The subkey you want to create update a field in The data type of the field you wish to create update Can be s for string value dd for decimal value dx for hexadecimal value or b for binary value The case of type doesn t matter If you re altering an existing field type can be different from the current type The name of the new field to be
163. e gives full access to the mobile device hardware and software configuration options The administrator must enter a valid password when a password has already been assigned before access to Administration mode and configuration options are allowed The administrator can configure the following options e Create change the keystroke sequence to activate administrator access e Create change the password for administrator access e Assign the name of the application or applications to lock e Select the command line of the application to lock In addition to these configuration options the administrator can view and manage the status logs of AppLock sessions Administrator default values for this device Administrator Hotkey Shift Ctrl A Password none Application path and name none Application command line none E EQ MX7WMRG A 181 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide End User Mode End User Mode End user mode locks the end user into the configured application or applications The end user can still reboot and respond to dialog boxes Each application is automatically launched and runs in full screen mode when the device boots up The user cannot unintentionally or intentionally exit the application nor can the end user execute any other applications Normal application exit or switching methods and all Microsoft defined Windows OS key combinations such as close X icon File Exit File Close Alt F4 Alt Tab
164. e intent of this segment is to document standard Microsoft applications loaded on the MX7 Tecton Documentation only consists of a panel and minimal explanation These are standard Microsoft small form applications for which help is available on the MX7 Tecton and the Internet Calculator EE Calculator mc 4 STR TE a Mathematical calculator application Use Copy Ctrl C and Paste Ctrl V to move results between applications RE Calendar o d c X Feb 25 10 SsMTwiFs Da4 l2 1 2 3 4 E b E G q No appointments Calendar date book application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook calendar using ActiveSync E EQ MX7WMRG A 162 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Standard Microsoft Applications az Contacts Enter a name Address book application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook address book using ActiveSync Select New to create a new contact ag Messaging au d EL 4 Select an Account Setup E mail Email application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook email using ActiveSync or it can synchronize with an Exchange server E EQ MX7WMRG A 163 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Standard Microsoft Applications File Explorer E File Explorer we CUX D My Device Name EL application D db ConnMgr db Documents a MUSIC Displays a structured picture of files on the system Ib My Documents LI Program Files Storage Card 2
165. e searched in the order they appear in the list If the list contains ABC and AB in that order incoming data with ABC will match first and the AB will have no effect When a match between the first characters of the barcode and a string from the list is found that string is stripped from the barcode data Processing the list terminates when a match is found or when the end of the list is reached If the wildcard is not specified the string is assumed to strip from the beginning of the barcode data The string ABC strips off the prefix ABC The string XYZ will strip off the suffix XYZ The string ABC XYZ will strip both prefix and suf fix together More than one in a configuration string is not allowed The User Interface will not prevent it but results would not be as expected as only the first is used in parsing to match the string The question mark wildcard may be used to match any single character in the incoming data For example the data AB D will match ABCD ABcD or ABOD but not ABDE The data collected is saved per symbology configured The Symbology selected in the Symbologies dialog defines the symbology for which the data is being configured Note that the Code ID if any are configured is ignored by this dialog regardless of the setting of Strip Code ID in the Symbologies dialog According to the sequence of events specified above the Code ID must not be included in the bar code data being matched because w
166. e source do not While files from the Internet can be useful this file type can open or save this software What s the risk Download CA Certificate Screen Click the Save button and save the certificate Make sure to keep track of the name and location of the certificate Install the certificate on the MX7 Tecton Installing a Root CA Certificate Note This section is only if the Windows certificate store is used If the certificate store is not used copy the certificate to the System folder or other path specified in the Summit Certs global parameter Copy the certificate file to the MX7 Tecton The certificate file has a CER extension Locate the file and tap it A certificate installation warning text box is displayed Your device is being asked to install a security certificate You should block unless you require certificates for processes such as synchronizing with Exchange Server or connecting to a wireless network Tap More to view the remainder of the warning in the text box Installing the certificate will cause your device to trust digital certificates from the requester Malicious requesters may try to mislead you about their identity Do you want to block this certificate Tap Install to continue the installation An installation successful message is displayed You can view any installed user certificates by selecting Start Settings System and tapping the Certificates icon Installed root certificates are disp
167. e switch key sequence is pressed on the keypad the next application in the AppLock configuration is moved to the foreground and the previous application moves to the background The previous application continues to run in the background End user key presses affect the application in focus only See Also Application Panel Global Key Hotkey Activation hotkey If the mobile device uses LXE s AppLock to allow the user to switch between applications the default Activation key is Ctrl Spc The key sequence switches the focus between one application and another Data entry affects the application running in the foreground only Note that the system administrator may have assigned a different key sequence to use when switching applications E EQ MX7WMRG A 183 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide End User Internet Explorer EVIE End User Internet Explorer EUIE AppLock supports applications that utilize Internet Explorer such as HTML pages and JAVA applications The end user can run an application by entering the application name and path in Internet Explorer s address bar To prevent the end user from executing an application using this method the address bar and Options settings dialog are restricted in Internet Explorer This is accomplished by creating an Internet Explorer that is used in end user mode End user Internet Explorer EUIE EXE The EUIE executes the Internet Explorer application in full screen mode which rem
168. ed data is displayed in the Data text box The password if any entered above is compared to the password entered when the barcodes were created E EQ MX7WMRG A 243 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Step 2 Scan Barcodes express Scan Remaining Scan Barcode 1 into Data field Scan Barcode 1 If the passwords match the barcode data is processed and the screen is updated to reflect the number of barcodes included in the set If the passwords do not match an error message is displayed The current screen can be closed using the X box in the upper right corner The password can be re entered and Barcode 1 scanned again express Scan Scan next barcode into Data field Scan Remaining Barcodes The remaining barcodes may be scanned in any order After a barcode is scanned that barcode is removed from the Remaining list and placed in the Scanned list E EQ MX7WMRG A 244 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Step 3 Process Completion Step 3 Process Completion After the last barcode is scanned the settings are automatically applied Configuring settings Please Wait Configuring Settings Once configured the MX7 Tecton is warmbooted Once connected to the wireless network and the Mobile Device Server any software updates and additional configuration data are downloaded E EQ MX7WMRG A 245 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Update the
169. ed to a file and the file has been opened successfully Not enough memory to encrypt the password The taskbar control has already been installed The password prompt was cancelled by the user or the maximum number of failed attempts to enter a password was exceeded The hotkey registry entry is missing or empty This is not considered an error The keyboard hook uses an embedded default if the value is not set in the registry AppName registry value does not exist or is empty This constitutes a failure for switching into user mode AppCommandLine registry entry is missing or empty This is not considered an error since command line information is not necessary to launch and lock the application The Internet registry entry is missing or empty This is not considered an error since the Internet value is not necessary to launch and lock the application The AppLock system communicates with the keyboard hook via a user defined message Both AppLock exe and Kbdhook dll register the message at initialization The AppLock system communicates with the keyboard hook via a user defined message Both Applock exe and Kbdhook dll register the message at initialization E EQ MX7WMRG A 334 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Level LOG EX LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG_ PROCESSING LOG EX LOG EX LOG PROCESSING LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG EX LOG PROCESSING LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG
170. el The split between Storage memory and Program memory is not adjustable E EQ MX7WMRG A 138 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Storage Card Storage Card EA Settings Total storage card memory 3886 00 MB In use 7 16 ME Free 3070 04 ME L Storage Card Main Storage Card Find large Files using storage memory Memory Settings Storage Card Panel The pop up list shows all mounted storage both fixed and removable The Find prompt at the bottom of the screen launches the Search utility 29 Search SEX Search For gt Type Larger than 64 KE Search Advanced Memory Settings Search by File Size Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 139 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Mixer Mixer Start Settings System Mixer The MX7 Tecton has a speaker located above the scan button It is active when a headset is not connected to the device Use the settings on these panels to adjust the volume record gain and sidetone for microphone input speaker and speaker output Headsets can be enabled disabled and selected using these panels Factory Default Settings Speaker Volume 7 5 dB Headset Volume 15 0 dB Sidetone 0 0 dB Mixer Panels ky Start Pra mudo PE I dC 00 Speaker volume 7 5 dB Input
171. eless connection and the MX7 Tecton is Network PA connected to a wireless network A wireless manager is managing the wireless connection Network T A wireless manager is managing the wireless connection and has detected one or more wireless networks in range Network H A wireless manager is managing the wireless connection and has not detected a wireless network in range mam Bresser Power The MX7 Tecton is operating on battery power The strength of the battery is indicated by the number of bars displayed O low battery to 4 fully charged battery E EQ MX7WMRG A 29 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Status Icons Status Icons Additional icons may be displayed at the lower edge of the Today screen Note Summit signal strength icons are displayed only when the Summit Client Utility is controlling the radio Bluetooth module is connected to one or more of the targeted Bluetooth device s MX7 Tecton is not connected to any Bluetooth device MX7 Tecton is ready to connect with any Bluetooth device MX7 Tecton is out of range of all paired Bluetooth device s Connection is inactive a Summit radio is not currently associated or authenticated to an Access Point d The signal strength for the currently associated authenticated Access Point is less than 90 dBm d The signal strength for the currently associated authenticated Access Point is 71 dBm to 90 dBm d The signal strength for the currently associa
172. emarks or registered trademarks of other companies Table of Contents Introduction 4 DOR seas Ta PERDA da O SA DT A SEO O E A 2 I O Port and Cables AA 3 Scanner Imager Aperture L aaa aaa aoao nanon 4 APA AA 5 xen 5 Keypads a 6 MAS Tecton Troubleshooting AA T Locking the MX7 Tecton 222 22 a 8 Delete gle the NIS Z 1 C ol OR 8 Reboot Sequences AAO PAPA 9 Suspend Resume sos casei dE sdiSi nda AA ca stsdciadasz das dis 9 Cold Boot ROSCA gos cores ce bain bas nw ecedaeuies boncdeedensaduudwadaesabsetas demeetenSeceddscacbouceddesacdeereetescecaseeds 9 Clean Boot AA AA 9 Hardware gt gt 110 System eis asia dies iara ga dis ARE dei AA PAA PRACA dr ad 10 802 11 a b g Wireless Client aa 10 Central Processing Unit 10 Sassi HA AAP REH 11 Internal SD Memory Card 2 cece ee ee eee ee cee ee eee eee eee beeen cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 Video Subsystem lc a 11 Power Supply 2 22 2 aee aan 11 TT E AE 12 RO ZOO NT OI srs acess space ee eee oe ag sg sep ka ee ws in nc mein ab ee ees 12 USB AA A Rarere 12 Audio COMING CU OPN occ Serco ie ho best ecu aed ceminciedasdacetaeeeseaeuleudeesaseeebneeecdaeiadetetedececausdeaseese 12 Audio Support aan 13 RA 13 Scanner Imager Port ana 13 md sto sig BARA AA 14 REV DO E E A Sd SEE AAEE TIE PAPA ees 15 Using the 55 Key Alpha Numeric Keypad ee 15 Using the 32 Key N
173. ements overlaying the scan aperture barcode scanning may require the user to move the scan aperture closer to the barcode for good scan results Heating Elements Heating elements activate when ambient temperature drops below 0 C 32 F LXE recommends using the stylus when performing screen touch functions There may be some condensation as the Cold Storage device moves in and out of cold storage areas The condensation on the touchscreen and the scan aperture quickly dissipates The touchscreen heating elements and scanner aperture heating elements may be visible when the Cold Storage device is tilted slightly No user interaction is required to turn the heating elements on off Stylus taps on the touchscreen function normally E EQ MX7WMRG A 19 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Recharging Batteries Recharging Batteries The Cold Storage battery pack can be recharged to full capacity while in a Cold Storage device connected to an external power source and also while the Cold Storage battery pack is inserted in the charging bay in a powered MX7T desk cradle The battery pack temperature must be above 10 C 50 F before re charging can begin Battery packs in the MX7T Battery Charger begin charging when the battery pack temperature is between 10 C 50 F and 40 C 100 F To charge the Cold Storage battery pack to full capacity the MX7T Battery Charger firmware must be at V1 07 or greater The firmware version is no
174. ensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the o X icon in the top right comer to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 152 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Task Manager Task Manager Start Settings System Task Manager This panel displays all running tasks as well as the memory and CPU bandwidth being used by each task Task Manager ud C Task Manager indi a t de da ActiveSync Cd N DOU ACtIYeRYnC CV N C File Explorer Cl File Explorer Search Search E Task Manager i E Task Manager Switch To End All Tasks View o Sort By Refresh Exit End Task EE End Task E Task Manager Menu Tapping on the column headings at the top of the screen sorts the tasks by the contents of that column Tapping the same heading a second time reverses the sort order of that column Highlight an application then tap End Task More options are available in the Task Manager Menu Highlighting then right clicking on an application displays a popup menu with the following choices e Switch To Switch to the highlighted task Double clicking on the task name also performs this function e End Task End the selected task only e End All Tasks End all tasks The list is reset by cold boot or restart IMPORTANT Any Windows Mobile program that has been run even if the program has been exited remains in memory ready to run again If memory runs out the programs are released fro
175. ent Access Point signal strength must exceed the current Access Point signal strength before roaming to the different Access Roam Delta 5 dBm Point is attempted Options are 5 dBm 10 15 20 25 30 35 dBm or Custom The amount of time after association or a roam scan with no roam that the radio l collects Received Signal Strength Indication RSSI scan data before a roaming Roam Period 10 sec decisionie made Options are 5 sec 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 seconds or Custom Defines the 2 4GHz channels to be scanned for an AP when the radio is contemplating roaming By specifying the channels to search roaming time may be reduced over scanning all channels Options are BG Channel Set Full Full all channels 1 6 11 the most commonly used channels 1 7 13 for ETSI and TELEC radios only Custom Support for 5GHZ 802 11a channels where support for DFS is required DFS Channels Off Options are On Off The amount of time the radio will passively scan each DFS channel to see if it DFS Scan Time l will receive a beacon Recommended value is 1 5 times that of the AP s beacon period Note Not supported always off in some releases Use this parameter when the Radio Mode profile parameter is set to Ad Hoc Specifies the channel to be used for an Ad Hoc connection to another client device If a channel is selected that is not supported by the by the radio the Ad Hoc Channel default value is used Options are 1
176. entials are stored in the active profile and the authentication times out the association fails No error message or prompting Auth Timeout 8 seconds for corrected credentials is displayed If the authentication credentials are not stored in the active profile and the authentication times out the user is again prompted to enter the credentials Options are An integer from 3 to 60 A valid directory path of up to 64 characters where WPA Certificate Authority and User Certificates are stored on the mobile device when not using the Windows certifcates store LXE suggests ensuring the Windows folder path currently exists before assigning the path in this parameter See Certificates for instructions on obtaining CA and User Certificates This value is masked when Certs Path System the Admin is logged out Options are none For example when the valid certificate is stored as My Computer System MYCERTIFICATE CER enter System in the Certs Path text box as the Windows folder path Maximum amount of data to be transmitted on a ping Ping Payload 32 bytes Options are 32 bytes 64 128 256 512 or 1024 bytes The amount of time in milliseconds that a device will be continuously pinged The Stop Ping button can be tapped to end the ping process ahead of the ping timeout Ping Timeout ms 5000 Options are Any number between 0 and 30000 ms E EQ MX7WMRG A 265 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Glo
177. er 1524ER ora Hand Held Products 2D Area Imager 5300 Note Low Power Scanner 955E does not support aim mode Any attempt to adjust the aiming beam using SE955 programming barcodes will fail The Low Power scanner does not decode Codablock Code93i Matrix 2 of 5 or Telepen symbologies The integrated scan engine activates when the Scan button on the front of the MX7 Tecton is depressed or when the trigger on an installed trigger handle is depressed Symbol scanner Please refer to the Integrated Scanner Programming Guide for instruction on configuring specific scanner imager parameters by using the MX7 Tecton to scan engine specific setup barcodes in the guide HHP Imager Use the Hand Held Properties HHP Properties button on the Data Options tab and the Advanced button available on many of the individual Symbology Settings screen to configure the HHP Imager There are no configuration barcodes for this imager E EQ MX7WMRG A 93 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Data Processing Overview Data Processing Overview Barcode data processing involves several steps Some steps may be skipped during the processing depending on user selections on the Symbology Settings panels The steps are presented below in the order they are performed on the scanned data 1 m _ TOO OD ND Q FWD maa N 13 Scanned data is tested for a code ID and length Min Max If it matches it is processed per the rules in plac
178. ertificate to a PC Copy the certificate to specified directory on the mobile device The default location for Certs Path is System A dif ferent location may be specified by using the Certs Path global variable Please note the location chosen for certificate storage should persist after a reboot When completing the Credentials screen for the desired authentication do not check the Use MS store checkbox after checking the Validate server checkbox Enter the certificate name in the CA Cert textbox Click OK to exit the Credentials screen and then Commit to save the profile changes How To Use Windows Certificate Store 1 2 3 See Generating a Root CA Certificate and follow the instructions to download the Root Certifcate to a PC To import the certificate into the Windows store See Installing a Root CA Certificate When completing the Credentials screen for the desired authentication be sure to check the Use MS store checkbox after checking the Validate server checkbox The default is to use all certificates in the store If this is OK skip to the last step Otherwise to select a specific certificate click on the Browse button E EQ MX7WMRG A 269 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Root CA Certificates AF Summit Client Utili Ei a d Use full trusted store Issued By A 444 Certificate Services Add Trust External CA Root Baltimore CyberTrust Root Class 2 Public Primary Certification Class
179. es default is approximately 20 seconds for each paired device there is no indication of the continuing disconnect state if Report Failure to Reconnect is disabled E EQ MX7WMRG A 73 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Bluetooth Devices Bluetooth Devices The Bluetooth Devices tab displays any device previously discovered and paired with the MX7 Tecton RE LXEZ Pairing Ed EA RE LXE2 Pairing dl NE aea Bluetoo aea Bluetoo E Printer01 12 34 00 2 Printer0 2 AABE 00 0 S Scannerdi ABCD 00 0 SC anner Z 14 26 UU U Clear Discover Clear Discover Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect f 2 Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect f Before Discover or initial setup After Discover Bluetooth Devices Panel Clear Button Deletes all devices from the Device table that are not currently paired A dialog box is presented Clear Device Table Delete all disconnected devices Tap the Yes button to remove disconnected or deleted devices from the device table The devices are removed from the Device table after any reboot sequence Tap the No button to make no changes See Clear Pairing Table on Boot on page 82 E EQ MX7WMRG A 74 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Discover Button Discover Button When tapped the Bluetooth client discovers and displays all Bluetooth devices in the vicinity Bluetooth managed devices should be as close as possible In direct line of sight with
180. eturned to the Credentials screen If using the Certs Path option e Leave the Use MS store box unchecked e Enter the certificate filename in the CA Cert textbox Click OK then click Commit The device should be authenticating the server certificate and using PEAP MSCHAP for the user authentication Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network Note The date must be properly set on the device to authenticate a certificate E EQ MX7WMRG A 278 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide PEAP GTC PEAP GTC To use PEAP GTC make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to PEAP GTC e Set Encryption to WPA TKIP e Set Auth Type to Open To use another encryption type select WPA CCKM WPA2 AES or WPA2 CCKM for encryption and complete other entries as detailed in this section 22 Summit Client Utility ORAL OK Edit Profile PEN SOC Encryption EAP Type WPA TKIF FESPSTO ka Main Profile Status Diags Global PEAP GTC Profile Configuration See Sign On vs Stored Credentials for information on entering credentials Click the Credentials button e Noentries except the CA Certificate Filename are necessary for Sign On Credentials as the user will be prompted for the User Name and Password when c
181. f wireless interference This parameter cannot be changed If the packet size exceeds the specified number of bytes set in the Request to RTS Thresh 2347 Send RTS threshold an RTS is sent before sending the packet A low RTS threshold setting can be useful in areas where many client devices are E EQ MX7WMRG A 264 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Global Parameters associating with the Access Point This parameter cannot be changed The LED on the wireless card is not visible to the user when the wireless card is installed in a sealed mobile device wa Cl Options are On Off This parameter cannot be changed Determines if the Summit icon is displayed in the System tray Tray Icon Options are On Off When On the Summit Config Utility masks passwords characters on the screen are displayed as an as they are typed and when they are viewed Hide Password When Off password characters are not masked Options are On Off A string of up to 64 alphanumeric characters that must be entered when the SUMMIT Admin Login button is tapped If Hide Password is On the password is masked Admin Password when typed in the Admin Password Entry dialog box The password is case or Blank sensitive This value is masked when the Admin is logged out Options are none Specifies the number of seconds the Summit software waits for an EAP authentication request to succeed or fail If the authentication cred
182. ference Guide Bluetooth Reader Beep and LED Indications Bluetooth Reader Beep and LED Indications Beep Type from Bluetooth Device LED on Bluetooth Device Yellow LED blinks at 2 Hz Yellow LED blinks at 50 Hz Yellow LED blinks at the same rate as the paging beep 1 Hz Green LED blinks once a second Upon startup if the scanner sounds a long tone this means the scanner has not passed its automatic Selftest and has entered isolation mode If the scanner is reset the sequence is repeated Contact your LXE representative or LXE Customer Support for assistance Bluetooth Printer Setup The Bluetooth managed device should be as close as possible In direct line of sight with the MX7 Tecton during the pairing process 1 Open the LXEZ Pairing Panel Start Settings System Bluetooth 2 Tap Discover Locate the Bluetooth printer in the discovery panel 3 Tap and hold the stylus or double tap on the Bluetooth printer until the right mouse click menu appears 4 Select Pair as Printer to pair the MX7 Tecton with the Bluetooth managed printer The devices are paired The Bluetooth managed printer may respond with a series of beeps or LED flashes Please refer to the Bluetooth managed printer manufacturer s User Guide it may be available on the manufacturer s web site Contact your LXE representative for Bluetooth product assistance Note If there is no beep or no LED flash from the Bluetooth managed printer the MX7 Tecton a
183. for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Bluetooth Indicators Bluetooth Indicators The Bluetooth icon state changes as Bluetooth devices are discovered paired connected and disconnected There may be audible or visual signals as paired devices re connect with the MX7 Tecton MX7 Tecton is connected to one or more of the targeted Bluetooth device s MX7 Tecton is not connected to any Bluetooth device MX7 Tecton is ready to connect with any Bluetooth device MX7 Tecton is out of range of all paired Bluetooth device s Connection is inactive Note When an active paired device enters Suspend Mode is turned Off or leaves the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth scan range the Bluetooth connection between the paired device and the MX7 Tecton is lost There may be audible or visual signals as paired devices disconnect from the MX7 Tecton AppLock if installed does not stop the end user from using Bluetooth applications nor does it stop authorized Bluetooth enabled devices from pairing with the MX7 Tecton while AppLock is in control E EQ MX7WMRG A 84 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Bluetooth Barcode Reader Setup Bluetooth Barcode Reader Setup Please refer to the Bluetooth scanner manufacturer s User Guide it may be available on the manufacturer s web site Contact your LXE representative for Bluetooth product assistance Introduction LXE supports several different types of barcode readers This section describes the i
184. fp sm fe fp Ps apa a Tan es ap MA O H PT PT CO p O H PE La N lt X bred ome pa E EQ MX7WMRG A 322 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 32 key Numeric Alpha Keymap EP H DO fe E O DO me Po O a E E H lo E H Pe fp HA a a E H Pe E H meh mee E es om fome at mo Po 0 Nom 0 fome fo O med ue fo O PO oa fp Gan pe pp H ndo ow po comme ome ed CEE E Ja Pag a E H CO CO H DO fome fu O mo ae a DO oa om Meh o eo lo O H ee E H Po oa E H Pl E elo fp a E H Pop E EQ MX7WMRG A 323 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 32 key Numeric Alpha Keymap Pe C H Pa E o ep CO fu fo O C E H RA TU E EQ MX7WMRG A 324 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Technical Specifications MX7 Tecton Xscale PXA320 CPU operating at 806 MHz Turbo mode switching is supported 32 bit CPU with on Processor chip cache Integrated No Scanner Symbol SE 1524ER Lorax Symbol SE955 SE9551 SE955E Low Power and Scanner options snort Range HHP5300 2D Imager Transmissive Color LCD Touchscreen Customer Configurable Display Backlighting Indoor readable Type LCD Active Transmissive Color LED Backlight Resolution 320 Vertical x 240 Horizontal pixels Size 1 4 VGA portrait Diagonal Viewing Area 3 5 in 8 9cm Dot Pitch 0 22mm Dot Size 0 20mm x 0 20mm Color Scale Reflective 256 colors External RS 232 COM1 mini D serial port
185. from the LOG_ PP registry PROCESSING Exit password dialo Exiting password prompt processin os p 9 g P Aail ae 9 PROCESSING Exit password dialog LOG Exiting password prompt w cancel PROCESSING Exit password dialog OK Exiting password prompt successfull LOG p 9 g P EZE y PROCESSING Exit password timeout Exiting password timeout processin so p i g P p 9 PROCESSING Exit restart app timer Processing is at the end of the timer function LOG PP 9 PROCESSING Exiting the function that switches the screen mode back to normal operation for the LOG Exit ToAdmin Exiting the function that handles the mode switch into admin mode o 9 PROCESSING Exit ToUser Exiting the user mode switch function moh g me u PROCESSING Exit ToUser Registry LOG _ read failure PROCESSING EACH DESMOND IE iing password venieaton S pwd set g P PROCESSING Exit verify password ngi O LOG _ response from dialog AUNG PAS OO VENGANO PROCESSING Found taskbar The handle to the taskbar has been found so that AppLock can disable itin user mode pg E PP PROCESSING LOG_ PROCESSING gt S 5 5 Ko o o O o O 2 D 0p dp a O D U The AppName value does not exist in the registry so user mode cannot be entered Getting address of keyboard hook init AppLock is retrieving the address of the keyboard hook procedure The AppLock configuration is being read from the registry This occurs at initialization and also at entry into
186. g system may be damaged requiring the MX7 Tecton to be returned to LXE for repair Use File Explorer to browse to the location of the package file 1 Tap the package file Note that by default the file extension is hidden The package file can be either a single package file or a super package file 2 Theinstallation process begins 3 AValidating Update display is presented indicating that an update has been received The device will verify the update before installing 4 When prompted tap Install Now to begin the installation 5 The MX7 Tecton reboots and displays an Update message while the package is being installed 6 When the installation is completed the MX7 Tecton reboots again and displays the summary screen Refer to troubleshooting below if there is a problem with the package installation E EQ MX7WMRG A 177 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide PKG Installation Troubleshooting PKG Installation Troubleshooting The MX7 Tecton isn t connected to AC power Updates cannot be installed while the device is on battery power To continue connect the power adapter to the mobile device The update will be deleted when Cancel is tapped Tap Cancel Connect the MX7 Tecton to AC power and try the update again Note The message that the update will be deleted only means that the scheduled update was deleted The package file IS NOT deleted and remains on the storage card The package is already installed or is an
187. git addenda Default is disabled Required Required When enabled only transmit barcodes with a 2 or 5 digit addenda Insert Separator Default is disabled Insert Separator When enabled insert a space between the code and addenda Default is enabled Note An EAN 13 decoding algorithm will also decode UPCA labels For correct operation either disable the EAN 13 symbology when using UPCA labels or configure the EAN 13 settings to match the UPCA settings E EQ MX7WMRG A 117 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced HHP Only UPCEO E Start Pe upceo Advanced Properties ok X Transmit Check Character Transmit Number System Digit Expand version E Addenda _ Read 2 Digit Read 5 Digit Required Insert Separator UOPCEL parameters set to match UPCEO UPCE1 RF Start dl MES upces Advanced Properties ok X Transmit Check Character Transmit Number System Digit _ Expand version E Addenda _ Read 2 Digit Read 5 Digit Required Insert Separator UOPCEO parameters set ko match UPCE1 Note The UPCEO and UPCE1 parameters are always set to match each other Therefore if a change is made to a parameter to either the EPCEO or UPCE71 Advanced Properties that same change is automatically made to the Advanced Properties for the other symbology Note UPCEO and UPCE7 are enabled as the same symbology at the scanner Therefore the only way for UPCE1 configurati
188. gn On Credentials as the user will be prompted for the Username and Password when connecting to the network E EQ MX7WMRG A 282 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide WPA LEAP AZ Summit Client Utility Ge a WPA LEAP Credentials Enter the Domain Username if the Domain is required otherwise enter the Username Enter the password Click OK then click the Commit button Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network E EQ MX7WMRG A 283 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide EAP FAST EAP FAST To use EAP FAST make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to EAP FAST e Set Encryption to WPA TKIP e Set Auth Type to Open To use another encryption type select WPA CCKM WPA2 AES or WPA2 CCKM for encryption and complete other entries as detailed in this section The SCU supports EAP FAST with automatic or manual PAC provisioning With automatic PAC provisioning the user credentials whether entered on the saved credentials screen or the sign on screen are sent to the RADIUS server The RADIUS server must have auto provisioning enabled to send the PAC provisioning credentials to the MX7 Tecton Ag Summit Client Utility Ge a Edit Profile Default Spc Encryption EAP Type WPA T
189. handle thatis passed to the enumeration function This message can be Window handle to l l l a used by engineering with other development tools to trouble shoot application lock LOG EX enumwindows x failures Hi eS Output the window size after ithas been adjusted by AppLock LOG EX adjusted x Revision History Revision Date Location Change A Sep 2011 Initial Release E EQ MX7WMRG A 336 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Index A ACtiVESYNC 2 2 22 2 cece ce eee cee cee cece cece cece eeeee 195 Adapters a o aaaa aoaaa aoaaa aoaaa aoaaa oaao 2 oaan 2 22 aan222a 229 Adapters Options Network 238 Adapters tab 238 Admin Hotkey AppLock oaaao aoaaa aooaa aooaa cee ceeeeeeeeees 181 Advanced HHP Only 222 ee 111 Align Screen 150 Allow Close 022 c cece cece eee cece cece cece eens 190 ink eee ee 221 Application Panel 186 Application Shortcuts 237 Noe CA AA 237 End usermode 222 ee eee eee ec eee ceeeeeee 182 ENE sas c d ea E dr dr 184 Hotkey for Administrator 2 181 Launch timeout 222 e eee eee ee eee eee 192 Passwords 2 2 2 cee cece cece cece cece cece cee cceeees 182 Replacetimeout 002 22 e eee eee eee eee eee 192 Restart timeout 2 220 200 0222 c cece eee eee eee eee eee 192 DCD ete pa na nG E ee 179 Asian fonts 225 auto launch proceSS 22 22 eee eee e cece eee eeeeeee 201 Auto reconnect Bluetooth
190. he AppLock feature are shipped to boot in Administration mode with no default password thus when the device is first booted the user has full access to the MX7 Tecton and no password prompt is displayed After the administrator specifies applications to lock a password is assigned and the device is rebooted or the hotkey is pressed the MX7 Tecton switches to end user mode Briefly the process to configure a new device is as follows 1 Insert a fully charged battery and press the Power button 2 Connect an external power source to the device if required 3 Adjust screen display audio volume and other parameters if desired Install accessories e g handstrap stylus 4 Tap Start Settings System Administration icon 5 Assign a Switch Key hotkey sequence for AppLock See Security Panel 6 Assign an application on the Application tab screen More than one application can be assigned 7 Assign a password on the Security tab screen 8 Select a view level on the Status Panel screen if desired 9 Tap OK 10 Press the Switch Key sequence to launch AppLock and lock the configured application s The device is now in end user mode Note AppLock cannot support multiple windows of some applications Attempting to open multiple windows of RFTerm will cause AppLock to switch to administration mode E EQ MX7WMRG A 180 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Administration Mode Administration Mode Administration mod
191. hen the matching test occurs the Code ID has already been stripped If Strip Code ID is disabled then the barcode data to match must include the Code ID If Strip Code ID is enabled the data should not include the Code ID since it has already been stripped E EQ MX7WMRG A 109 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Add Prefix Suffix Control Add Prefix Suffix Control Add Symbology Prefix and Suffix Control Note Non ASCII equivalent keys in Key Message mode are unavailable in this option Non ASCII equivalent keys include the function keys e g lt F1 gt arrow keys Page up Page down Home and End Use this option to specify a string of text hex values or hat encoded values to be added to the beginning prefix or the end suffix of the barcode data Up to 19 characters can be included in the string The string can include any character from the keyboard plus characters specified by hex equivalent or entering in hat encoding Please see Hat Encoding for a list of characters with their hex and hat encoded values Using the Escape function allows entering of literal hex and hat values Add Prefix To enable a prefix check the Prefix checkbox and enter the desired string in the textbox The default is disabled unchecked with a blank text string When barcode data is processed the Prefix string is sent to the output buffer before any other data Because all stripping operations have already occurred
192. his procedure is not applicable for barcodes with variable lengths falling between a maximum value and a minimum value Example 1 e A normal AIM or Symbol symbology role can be created for the desired barcode ID e Next a custom barcode symbology must be created using the same Code ID as the original AIM or Symbol ID rule and each rule would have unique length settings Example 2 For the purposes of this example the following sample barcode parameters will be used EAN 128 and Code 128 barcodes Some of the barcodes start with 00 and some start with 01 The barcodes are different lengths e 34 character length with first two characters 01 strip first 2 and last 18 e 26 character length with first two characters 01 strip first 2 and last 10 e 24 character length with first two characters 01 strip first 2 and last 8 This 24 character barcode is Code 128 e 20 character length with first two characters OO strip first O no characters and last 4 On the Data Options tab set Enable Code ID to AIM Create four custom IDs using 1 for EAN 128 barcode and 0 for Code 128 barcode e c1 Code C1 e c2 Code C1 e c3 Code 1CO 24 character barcode is Code 128 e c4 Code 1C1 ID Code U Clear All AIM Custom IDs AIM custom symbology setup is assigned in the following manner e c1 min length 34 max length 34 strip leading 2 strip trailing 18 Code ID enabled Barcode Data
193. ice if not used For On external power E Turn off device if not used For Battery Advanced Power Settings Advanced Panel Select the inactivity timeout period before the MX7 Tecton goes into suspend The settings on this panel are for the suspend timers only Backlight timers are set using the Backlight settings panel im 5 Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the a X icon in the top nght corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 52 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Sounds amp Notifications Sounds amp Notifications Start Settings Personal Sounds amp Notifications Set volume parameters and assign sound WAV files to Windows Mobile events Options that cannot be edited by the user are dimmed Sounds Factory Default Settings ME Settings a d C OK Sounds amp Notifications Enable sounds for Events warnings system events Programs Notifications alarms reminders Screen taps pi O Hardware buttons O O Sounds Notifications Sounds amp Notifications Settings Sounds Panel Follow the instructions on the screen and tap ok to save the changes Changes take effect immediately E EQ MX7WMRG A 53 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Notifications Notifications RE Settings sd c Sounds amp Notifications Event Sirsa meee S 25 ea a Pl
194. ies in this mode but decoding these is faster and more accurate than Standard Mode In Quick Omni mode the imager searches for a barcode in a reduced field located around the center of the image Decoding is faster in this mode but the user must center the aiming line over the barcode to be read Both linear and 2 D symbologies can be read in this mode The default is Standard Set the linear range Valid 1 6 Default 3 A value of 1 specifies that the linear range that is searched for a readable label is a tight vertical range near the aimer A value of 6 specifies that the entire height of the image is to be searched Duration of the imager aim beam in 0 1 second increments Valid 0 50 0 to 5 seconds Default 0 Specifies if the imager s lights and aimer should be left on during the entire decode process The default is disabled If disabled the lights are tumed on only during image capture then turned off while the imager attempts to process and decode the barcode If enabled the aimer and lights remain turned on during the entire process In Aggressive Linear Decode mode set this parameter to enabled to improve the aimer visibility See Mode above E EQ MX7WMRG A 128 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Length Based Barcode Stripping Length Based Barcode Stripping Use this procedure to create symbology rules for two barcodes with the same symbology but with different discrete lengths T
195. ification Authorities Trusted Root Certificatior Issued To Issued By Expiratio Friendly Name Cert uth BIL 312106 None Certificate intended purposes Encrypting File System Certificate Listing Make sure the Personal tab is selected Highlight the certificate and click the Export button The Certificate Export Wizard is started Do you want ko export the private key with the certificate Select Yes export the private key and click Next eres export the private key No do not export the private key Personal Information Exchange PECS 12 PFH Uncheck Enable strong protection and check Next Include all certificates in the certification path if possible The certificate type must be PKCS 12 PFX Enable strong protection requires IE 5 0 NT 4 0 5P4 or above _ Delete the private key if the export is successful E EQ MX7WMRG A 299 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Installing a User Certificate Type and confirm a password When the private key is exported you must enter the Ean ar password confirm the password and click Next Be sure to remember the password as it is needed when Confirm password installing the certificate Po OS Supply the file name for the certificate Use the Browse button to select the folder where you wish to File name store the certificate The certificate is saved with a Do PFX extension Click Finish and OK to clo
196. imeout based on type of power source battery or external power Battery View voltage and status of the main battery Certificates Manage digital certificates used for secure communication Customer Feedback Enable or disable automatic feedback to Microsoft Corporation Data Collection Wedge utility for data collected from barcode scans Set data collection device notifications data stripping prefix suffix and vibration if installed options Assign baud rate parity stop bits and data bits for COMI port Assign collected data manipulation parameters E EQ MX7WMRG A 42 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Option Encryption Enable file encryption on removable storage cards External GPS Configure serial GPS access Mixer Adjust the input and output parameters volume side tone and record gain for headphone software and microphone MX7 Tecton Options Set various device specific configuration options Peripherals Enable or disable touch screen heater and scanner window heater if installed Set the heater trip point in degrees C Regional Settings Set appearance of numbers currency time and date based on country region and language settings Registry Load User Defaults Save User Defaults Load Factory Defaults and Warmboot Remove Programs Remove user installed programs Screen Calibrate touch screen adjust text options Task Manager Display running tasks Cancel running tasks
197. imum and maximum size barcode to accept e strip Code ID e strip data from the beginning or end of a barcode e or based on configurable Barcode Data add a prefix or suffix to a barcode The Code ID drop down box only filters the available symbologies in the Symbology drop down box by the selected Code ID This Code ID box does not enable or disable the Code ID as that function is controlled by the Enable Code ID box on the Data Options tab The Symbology drop down box contains all symbologies supported by the device selected on the Main tab An asterisk appears in front of symbologies that have already been configured or have been modified from the default value Each time a Symbology is changed the settings are saved as soon as ok is clicked Settings are also saved when a new Symbology is selected from the Symbology drop down list BE Start ES Start Symbology Symbology Code ID Symbol Code 10 5ymbol symbology symbology Al Al Enable Min Max Enable UPCJEAN Strip Leading Po Code ID ra AI Add Symbology Settings Clear Button This button will erase any programmed overrides returning to the default settings for the selected symbology If Clear is pressed when All is selected as the symbology a confirmation dialog appears Tap the Yes button and all symbologies are reset to their factory defaults and all star indications are removed from the list of Symbologies E EQ MX7WMRG A
198. in all versions of the Enabler LXE does not recommend enabling Manage Wireless Settings for Summit Client devices Troubleshooting When you download a profile that is configured to manage network and wireless settings the Enabler will not apply the manage network and wireless settings to the adapter unless the global Manage wireless settings and Manage network settings options are enabled on the Adapters panel see Figure titled Adapters Options Network earlier in this section Until these options are enabled the network and wireless settings are controlled by the third party software associated with these settings E EQ MX7WMRG A 240 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Status Status The Status panel displays the current status of the MX7 Tecton network adapter selected in the drop down box Note the availability of the Windows standard Refresh button When the Windows Refresh button is tapped the signal strength signal quality and link speed are refreshed for the currently selected adapter It also searches for new adapters and may cause a slight delay to refresh the contents of the drop down menu Avalanche Update Settings OK status Lale 5DCCF1061 BE Signal Strength Signal Quality IP Address 100 100 100 200 MAC 00 17 23 01 02 03 SSID APPZ B55ID 00 10 45 01 02 03 Link Speed 54 0 Mbps Status Display Link speed indicates the speed at which the signal is being sent from the adapter
199. in severe civil or criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law Cancel LXEConnect Setup Follow the on screen installation prompts The default installation directory is C Program Files LXE LXEConnect When the installation is complete create a desktop shortcut to the following file C Program Files LXE L XEConnect LXEConnect exe If a different directory was selected during installation please substitute the appropriate directory LXEConnect is now installed on the host PC and ready to use Using LXEConnect Power up the MX7 Tecton Connect the MX7 Tecton to the host PC using the USB connection cable Once connected the ActiveSync dialog box appears and the ActiveSync connection is automatically established Select No for partnership when prompted Dismiss any ActiveSync dialog boxes warning a partnership is not set up It is not necessary to establish a partnership to use LXEConnect However if a partnership is desired for other reasons one may be established now E EQ MX7WMRG A 199 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Using LXEConnect 4 Double click the LXEConnect icon that was created on the PC desktop 5 LXEConnect launches Remote Control for a Windows CE Version 2 03 OK Example LXEConnect Notice 6 Click the OK button to dismiss the About CERDisp dialog box see Example LXEConnect Notice image above on the MX7 Tecton desktop by cli
200. in the active profile The success of the application of settings is dependent upon the local configuration of control parameters for the Enabler These local parameters cannot be overridden from the Avalanche MC Console The default Enabler adapter control settings are e Manage network settings enabled e Use Avalanche network profile enabled e Manage wireless settings disabled for Windows CE devices To configure the Avalanche Enabler management of the network and wireless settings 1 NO aR WN E EQ MX7WMRG A 224 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Open the Enabler Settings Panels by tapping the Enabler icon on the desktop Select File Settings Select the Adapters tab Choose settings for the Use Manual Settings parameter Choose settings for Manage Network Settings Manage Wireless Settings and Use Avalanche Network Profile Click the OK button to save the changes Reboot the device Preparing an LXE Device for Remote Management Preparing an LXE Device for Remote Management Two additional utilities are necessary for remote management e The LXE Remote Management Utility RMU must be installed on all LXE mobile devices first then you can control mobile device reboot storage RAM adjustment real time updates and Avalanche Enabler properties If in doubt verify RMU CE CAB exists in the System folder If the RMU CE CAB file is present when the Enabler is installed the RMU is also instal
201. ine change Nika aa a a new application or command line has been specified otherwise it just locks it The desktop is moved when switching into user mode This prevents them from being Unable to move desktop visible ifthe application is exited and restarted by the timer This error does notaffectthe LOG ERROR screen mode switch processing continues The taskbar is moved when switching into user mode This prevents them from being Unable to move taskbar visible if the application is exited and restarted by the timer This error does not affect the LOG ERROR screen mode switch processing continues Unhook taskbar wndproc AppLock could not remove its control of the taskbar This error does not affect AppLock LOG ERROR failure processing E Unhook wndproc failure AppLock could not remove the hook that allows monitoring of the application LOG ERROR Unhooking taskbar In administration mode the taskbar should return to normal operation so AppLock s LOG EX control of the taskbar should be removed Unhooking wndproc When the administrator leaves user mode the device is fully operational therefore LOG EX AppLock must stop monitoring the locked application WM SIZE adjusted This message denotes that AppLock has readjusted the window size LOG EX X after Ctrl L Processing the backdoor entry LOG EX Ret from password s 5 Return value from password dialog LOG EX Decrypt data len lt gt Length of decrypted password LOG EX l The window
202. ing an external power source to ensure continuous charging of the internal Super cap battery Windows Mobile Note For general use instruction please refer to commercially available Windows Mobile user s guides or the Windows Mobile on line Help application installed with the MX7 Tecton This section s contents assumes the system administrator is familiar with Microsoft Windows options and capabilities loaded on most standard Windows XP or later desktop computers Therefore the sections that follow describe only those Windows capabilities that are unique to the MX7 Tecton and its Windows Mobile environment Based on your installed software version and hardware options your setup may not be exactly the same as those that are described in this guide Contact your LXE representative for information on the latest upgrades for your MX7 Tecton E EQ MX7WMRG A 24 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Installed Software Installed Software Note Some options require an external modem connection Modems are not available from LXE nor supported by LXE When you order an MX7 Tecton you receive the software files required by the separate programs needed for operation and wireless client communication The files are loaded by LXE and stored in folders in the mobile device This section lists the contents of the folders and the general function of the files Files installed in each MX7 Tecton are specific to the intended function of the
203. ions You can copy files to or from the mobile device by drag and drop You will not be allowed to delete files or copy files out of the Windows folder on the mobile device Technically the only files you cannot delete or copy are ones marked as system files in the original build of the Windows image This however includes most of the files in the Windows folder Backup Data Files using ActiveSync Use the following information to backup data files from the mobile device to a desktop or laptop PC using the appropriate cable and Microsoft s ActiveSync Prerequisites A partnership between the mobile device and ActiveSync has been established e A desktop or laptop PC with an available USB port and a mobile device with a USB port The desktop or laptop PC must be running Windows XP or greater e Use the LXE specific USB cable as listed in Connect Via USB Connect Connect the USB cable to the PC the host and the mobile device the client The Get Connected wizard on the host PC checks COM ports to establish a connection for the first time Note USB synchronization will start automatically when the cable is connected Disconnect e Disconnect the cable from the MX7 Tecton e Open the status bar icon in the lower right hand corner of the status bar Then tap the Disconnect button When the MX7 Tecton loses connection e g enters Suspend Mode etc the connection to ActiveSync will be lost When the MX7 Tecton resumes the A
204. ions and regulatory domain on the Main tab e Access additional troubleshooting features on the Diags tab After Admin Login the end user can also e Create edit rename and delete profiles on the Profile tab e Edit global parameters on the Global tab e Enable disable the Summit tray icon in the taskbar E EQ MX7WMRG A 254 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Profile Tab Profile Tab Start Settings System Wi Fi Profile tab Note Tap the Commit button to save changes before leaving this panel or the SCU If the panel is exited before tapping the Commit button changes are not saved Factory Default Settings 22 Summit Client Utility OLA OK Edit Profile aai ae Encryption EAP Type Main Profile Status Diags Global SCU ProfileTab When logged in as an Admin see Admin Login use the Profile tab to manage profiles When not logged in as an Admin the parameters can be viewed and cannot be changed The buttons on this tab are dimmed if the user is not logged in as Admin The Profile tab was previously labeled Config E EQ MX7WMRG A 255 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Buttons Saves the profile settings made on this screen Settings are saved in the profile Allows entry of a username and password certificate names and other information required to authenticate with Credentials l i l the access point The information required depends on the EAP type De
205. isual signal may be a dialog box placed on the display notifying the user the connection between one or all of the paired Bluetooth devices has stopped Tap the ok button to remove the dialog box from the screen This option is Disabled unchecked by default There may be an audio or visual signal when a connection between a paired active device is lost A visual signal may be a dialog box placed on the display notifying the user the connection between one or all of the paired Bluetooth devices has stopped Tap the ok button to remove the dialog box from the screen E EQ MX7WMRG A 81 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Options Report failure to reconnect Clear Pairing Table on Boot Auto Reconnect on Boot Auto Reconnect This option is Enabled checked by default The default time delay is 30 minutes This value cannot be changed by the user There may be an audio or visual signal when a connection between a paired active device fails to re connect A visual signal may be a dialog box placed on the display notifying the user the connection between one or all of the previously paired Bluetooth devices has failed Tap the X button or ok button to close the dialog box Possible reasons for failure to reconnect Timeout expired without reconnecting attempted to pair with a device that is currently paired with another device attempted to pair with a known device that moved out of range or was turned off
206. k E EQ MX7WMRG A 58 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Up Down Control Up Down Control Customize the delay before repeating and the repeat rate for the up down controls na Settings Customize the way your Up Down control repeats Delay before first repeat Short _ _ Long Repeat rate Slow Program Buttons Up Down Control Buttons Settings Up Down Panel Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right comer to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 59 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Input Input Start Settings Personal Input Input Method Select the preferred method of input Factory Default Settings Input Method Keyboard Small keys Enabled Input method Slaten L 7 Large keys C3 Small keys e Space Shift key 48 Backspace n Enter Input Method Word Completion Options Input Settings Input Method Panel The default method of input is the keyboard or input panel When the cursor is located in a field allowing text input the input panel may automatically be displayed If not automatically displayed the input panel can be accessed by tapping on the keyboard icon at the bottom center of the screen If a different input method is active the icon for that input method is displayed instead of the keyboard icon Tap ok to save
207. kage files have some unique characteristics e Package files patch the operating system so they become non volatile Even a Clean Boot does not remove the pro grams e CAB files are re installed after a cold boot but not after a suspend resume since the OS was not reset and the CAB files are still in use e Packages can contain registry settings which are installed at setup similar to a CAB file e Package files cannot be uninstalled reinstalled or reverted to an earlier version e Packages can be digitally signed e A super package file can be created containing multiple package files Because the MX7 Tecton must reboot after every package installation a super package may make the installation faster e Package files have a PKG extension super package files have a PKS extension An unsigned executable CAB or package file prompts the user when executed The program is from an unknown publisher Running it can possibly harm your device Do you want to continue If you trust the program tap Yes Otherwise tap No Preparation Package files can be copied to the MX7 Tecton via ActiveSync or they can be installed from the Flash card Package File Installation The MX7 Tecton must be connected to external AC power IMPORTANT Because the package file installation actually rewrites portions of the operating system it is important that power is not interrupted during package file installation If power is interrupted the operatin
208. l gt text strings representing the shift state keys The normal keyboard key completes the hotkey sequence The hotkey must be entered via the keypad Some hotkeys cannot be entered via the Input Panel Also hotkeys entered via the SIP are not guaranteed to work properly when switching operational modes For example if the lt Ctrl gt key is pressed followed by lt A gt Ctrl A is entered in the text box If another key is pressed after a normal key press the hotkey sequence is cleared and a new hotkey sequence is started A normal key is required for the hotkey sequence and is unlike pressing the normal key during a mode switch this key can be entered from the SIP when configuring the key However when the hotkey is pressed to switch user modes the normal key must be entered from the keypad it cannot be entered from the SIP Setting a Password in the Security Panel Move the cursor to the Password text box The passwords entered in the Password and Confirm Password fields must match Passwords are case sensitive Soft Input Panel The keyboard that appears on the display when the cursor is placed in a text input box E EQ MX7WMRG A 191 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Options Panel When the user exits the Administrator panel the two passwords are compared to verify that they match If they do not match a dialog box is displayed notifying the user of the error After the user closes the dialog box the Security Pa
209. layed on the Root tab E EQ MX7WMRG A 295 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Generating a User Certificate Generating a User Certificate The easiest way to get the user certificate is to use the browser on a PC to navigate to the Certificate Authority To request the user certificate open a browser to http lt CA IP address gt certsrv Sign into the CA with the username and password of the person who will be logging into the mobile device Connect to 10 1 2 204 Connecting to 100 100 100 100 Remember my password Logon to Certificate Authority This process saves a user certificate file There is no separate private key file as used on Windows CE devices E EQ MX7WMRG A 296 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Generating a User Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services Welcome Lise this Web site to request a certificate for your Web browser e mail client or other program By using a certificate you can verify your identity to people You communicate with over the Web sign and encrypt messages and depending upon the type of certificate you request perform other security tasks You can also use this Web site to download a certificate authority ILA certificate certificate chain or certificate revocation list CELI or to view the status of a pending request For more information about Certificate Services see Certificate Services Documentation Select a task
210. led Important If the OS package includes double byte Asian fonts the storage RAM property of the RMU must be higher than the default value 40MB If the amount of storage RAM is too low the Enabler returns a Mobile unit out of resources error To determine the minimum value required inspect the RMU StorageRAM gt nn parameter in the Criteria field for the OS package Generally this setting should be approximately 40 MB above the amount of RAM in use on the device for a standard OS and 50MB above the amount of RAM in use for an OS with Asian fonts For example if after installing all the software the device shows 5MB in use this setting should be about 45MB for a standard OS 55 MB for an Asian font OS e Usethe LXE Wireless Configuration Application WCA when you want to remotely manage the Summit client device This utility is downloaded and installed in addition to the LXE Remote Management Utility The WCA is included when the Summit radio driver software is updated The WCA is automatically installed when the radio driver is updated E EQ MX7WMRG A 225 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide User Interface User Interface The Enabler can be configured and controlled manually through the user interface on the MX7 Tecton This section details the functionality that can be controlled by the user or system administrator Parameters and Screen Displays Screen displays shown in this section are designed to presen
211. letes the profile The current active profile cannot be deleted and an error message is displayed if a delete is attempted New Creates a new profile with the default settings see Profile Parameters and prompts for a unique name If the name is not unique an error message is displayed and the new profile is not created Rename Assigns a new unique name If the new name is not unique an error message is displayed and the profile is not renamed Opens a window that lists access points that are broadcasting their SSIDs Tap the Refresh button to view an updated list of APs Each AP s SSID its received signal strength indication RSSI and whether or not data encryption is in use true or false Sort the list by tapping on the column headers If the scan finds more than one AP with the same SSID the list displays the AP with the strongest RSSI and the least security Rg Summit Client Utility G Es ISS sxue Scan SCU Scan If you are logged in as an Admin tap an SSID in the list and tap the Configure button you return to the Profile window to recreate a profile for that SSID with the profile name being the same as the SSID or the SSID with a suffix such as 1 if a profile with the SSID as its name exists already Allows entry of WEP keys or pass phrase as required by the type of encryption Note Unsaved Changes The SCU will display a reminder if the Commit button is not clicked before an attempt is made to clo
212. lication being locked PROCESSING dwProcessID lt gt Device ID of the application being locked LOG EX LOG ERROR REP CAPONEG KE ye Size of encrypt export key LOG EX Encrypt password lengh2 45 The length of the encrypted password LOG EX Encrypted data len lt gt Length of the encrypted password LOG EX hProcess lt gt Handle of the application being locked LOG EX Key pressed 5 A key has been pressed and trapped by the hotkey processing LOG EX kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk The status information is being saved to a file and the file has been opened successfully LOG_EX A FH AppLock found the kbdhook dll but was unable to get the address of the initialization Address of keyboard procedure For some reason the dll is corrupted Look in the Windows directory for LOG ERROR hook procedure failure kbdhook dll If it exists delete it Also delete AppLock exe from the Windows directory and reboot the unit Deleting AppLock exe triggers the AppLock system to reload Address of keyboard AppLock successfully retrieved the address of the keyboard filter initialization procedure LOG EX hook procedure OK Alt pressed The Alt key has been pressed and trapped by the HotKey processing LOG EX Processing the hotkey and backdoor entry LOG EX APPC nana The application being locked did not complete initialization LOG ERROR search failure BRICs mance The application initialized itself successfully LOG ERROR search OK Application load fai
213. llection Set scanner imager keyboard wedge parameters enable or disable symbologies from being scanned scanner icon appearance active scanner port and scan key settings Assign baud rate parity stop bits and data bits for available COM ports Scanner parameters apply to the MX7 Tecton integrated scanner imager only Barcode manipulation parameters apply to barcodes scanned by the MX7 Tecton integrated scanner imager engine Scanner configuration can be changed using the Data Collection settings panels or via the LXE API functions While the changed configuration is being read the Scanner LED is solid amber The scanner is not operational during the configuration Update Important When returning scanner or imager to factory default settings After scanning the scanner engine specific barcode to reset all scanner parameters to factory default settings i e Reset All Set Factory Defaults Default Settings etc the next step is to open the Data Collection settings panel Tap ok and close the Data Collection panel This action will synchronize all scanner formats Programming barcodes are available in the Integrated Scanner Programming Guide The MX7 Tecton has one integrated barcode scanner imager port Only one scan engine is installed at a time Scan engines are not hot swappable The MX7 Tecton may have one of three Symbol laser scan engines e Short Range Laser Scanner 955 e Low Power Scanner 955E e Multi Range LORAX Las
214. lure ld could not be launched by AppLock the application could not be found or LOG ERROR The backdoor keys have been pressed The backdoor hotkeys provide a method for l Bk LOG _ customer service to get a user back into their system without editing the registry or l Z PROCESSING reloading the device Backdoor message received The load of the keyboard filter failed This occurs when the dll is missing or is corrupted Cannot find kbdhook dil ook in the Windows directory for kbdhook all If it exists delete it Also delete LOG ERROR E EQ MX7WMRG A 330 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide AppLock Error Messages Message Converted Pwd Could not create event EVT HOTKEYCHG Could nothook keyboard Could not start thread HotKeyMon Ctrl after L or X Ctrl pressed Ctrl Decrypt acquire context Decrypt acquired context Decrypt create hash Decrypt created hash OK Decrypt failure Decrypt import key failure Decrypt imported key OK Encrypt acquire context Encrypt acquire encrypt context failure S solQo s E E E D D D Encrypt acquired encrypt Encrypt create hash Encrypt create key failure Encrypt created encrypt hash OK S g Cal SS X eeh O A Encrypt export key failure Encryptexport key length o GC D Encrypt exported key OK Encrypt failure Encrypt gen key failure Encrypt generate key O E D Encrypt get user key Explanation and o
215. m memory However to avoid out of memory operational problems it is best to manually terminate unwanted tasks using this option Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 153 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Wi Fi Wi Fi Start Settings System Wi Fi Use this option to set parameters and manage profiles for the wireless client pre loaded on your MX7 Tecton See Summit Client Utility SCU for more information E EQ MX7WMRG A 154 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Connections Panel Connections Panel Beam Start Settings Connections Beam Enable or disable receiving OBEX data beams either by IrDA or Bluetooth Note The MX7 Tecton does not support beaming ME Settings ani d C OU Beam Receive all incoming beams Beam Settings The default setting for Beam Settings is Disabled as the MX7 Tecton does not support beaming toBject EXchange a communications protocol used to exchange information between mobile devices The device must sup port infrared communication 2Infrared Data Association Also used as an abbreviation for the Infrared IR port on a mobile device E EQ MX7WMRG A 155 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Connections Connections Start Settings Connections Connections Configure connecti
216. m off backlight if device not used for 2 Settings ar d ES Wi aing Using backlight while on battery power Will substantially reduce battery life Turn off backlight if device not used For Brightness Battery Power External Power Adjust power settings to conserve power Backlight Settings Battery Power Panel When the MX7 Tecton is on battery power and the backlight timer expires the display and the backlights for the display and keypad are turned off Adjust the settings and tap OK to save the changes The changes take effect immediately E EQ MX7WMRG A 69 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide External Power External Power Factory Default Settings Tum off backlight if device is not used for 29 Settings we 4 Turn off backlight if device TE nok used For id Brightness Battery Power External Power Adjust power settings to conserve power Backlight Settings External Power Panel When the MX7 Tecton is on external power and the backlight timer expires the display and the backlights for the display and keypad are turned off Adjust the settings and tap ok to save the changes The changes take effect immediately Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top nght corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 70 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Battery Battery Start Settings
217. me and PAC Password e The PAC file must be copied to the directory specified in the Certs Path global variable The PAC file must not be read only Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network Note When using Automatic PAC Provisioning once authenticated there is a file stored in the System folder with the PAC credentials If the username is changed that file must be deleted The filename is autoP 00 pac E EQ MX7WMRG A 285 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide EAP TLS EAP TLS Touse EAP TLS make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to EAP TLS e Set Encryption to WPA TKIP e Set Auth Type to Open To use another encryption type select WPA CCKM WPA2 AES or WPA2 CCKM for encryption and complete other entries as detailed in this section AF Summit Client Utility Qe Edit Profile Dela jang Encryption EAP Type WPA TKIP EAF TLS bd Main Profile Status Diags Global EAP TLS Profile Configuration See Sign On vs Stored Credentials for information on entering credentials Click the Credentials button e No entries except the User Certificate Filename and the CA Certificate Filename are necessary for Sign On Credentials as the user will be prompted for the User Name when conne
218. message mode control characters can also be translated to their control code equivalent key sequences RE Start er Gi Control Character Character Replacement Ignoreldrop o Ctrl Char Mapping E EQ MX7WMRG A 121 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Translate All Translate All When Translate All is checked unprintable ASCII characters characters below 20H in scanned barcodes are assigned to their appropriate CTRL code sequence when the barcodes are sent in Character mode The wedge provides a one to one mapping of control characters to their equivalent control character sequence of keystrokes If control characters are translated the translation is performed on the barcode data prefix and suffix before the keystrokes are simulated Translate All Replacement This option is grayed unless the user has Key Message mode on the Main tab selected In Key Message mode when this option is enabled control characters embedded in a scanned barcode are translated to their equivalent control key keystroke sequence 13 0x0d is translated to Control M keystrokes as if the user pressed the CTRL SHIFT and m keys on the keypad Additionally when Translate All is disabled any control code which has a keystroke equivalent enter tab escape backspace etc is output as a keystroke Any control code without a keystroke equivalent is dropped This is a drop down combo box that contains th
219. min login password has been entered and accepted When the profile named ThirdPartyConfig is chosen as the active profile the Summit Client Utility passes control to Wireless Manager for configuration of all client and security settings for the network module E EQ MX7WMRG A 252 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Auto Profile The Disable Radio button can be used to disable the network card Once disabled the button label changes to Enable Radio By default the radio is enabled The Admin Login button provides access to editing wireless parameters Profile and Global may only be edited after entering the Admin Login password The password is case sensitive Once logged in the button label changes to Admin Logout To logout either tap the Admin Logout button or exit the SCU without tapping the Admin Logout button Auto Profile Auto Profile allows the user to configure a list of profiles that the SCU can search when a radio connection is lost After using the Profile tab to create any desired profiles return to the Main tab To specify which profiles are to be included in Auto Profile click the List button 29 Summit Client Utility Gio a Select Profiles for Auto Profile The Auto Profile selection screen displays all currently configured profiles Click on the checkbox for any profiles that are to be included in Auto Profile selection then click ok to save To enable Auto Profile click the On button
220. mobile device For example instead of running Word Mobile on the MX7 Tecton you can run the desktop computer version of Word and access all of the doc files on that computer from your device Set Remote Desktop Mobile Options Before connecting to a remote computer set Remote Desktop Mobile options to improve display and resource when connected if desired Tap Options in the taskbar Tap OK when finished 2 Remote Desktop Mobi Ping aij c RE Remote Desktop Mobi Pit a c OK Colors Ss Colors Device storage Jo not map to the remote machin Remote desktop display Remote desktop sound E Ful screen Fit remote desktop to screen Display Resources Display Resources E EQ MX7WMRG A 175 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Connect to a Remote Server Connect to a Remote Server 2 Remote Desktop Mobi qr d CU Status Not connected Computer User name Password Domain Save password Connect Ea Options 1 Enter the name of the computer to which you want to connect If needed enter the port number at the end of the com puter name remotecomputername portnumber 2 Enter the user name password and domain Tap the Save password checkbox if it is blank 4 Tap Connect oo E EQ MX7WMRG A 176 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Installing Applications Installing Applications Applications can be installed on the MX7 Tecton from CAB files or package files Pac
221. mory Versions Revision level of LXE software modules and NET Compact Framework Version LXE Utilities LXE Drivers LXE Image LXE API and Internet Explorer Current IP address MAC address and gateway address for all network ports radio Network IP ActiveSync Version window information is retrieved from the registry Version Tab and the Registry Modify the Registry using the Registry Editor LXE recommends caution when editing the Registry and also recommends making a backup copy of the registry before changes are made The registry settings for the Version tab are under HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Software LXE Version in the registry To add a user application to the Version panel create a new string value under the HKLM Software LXE Version key The string name should be the Application name to appear in the Version window The data for the value should be the version number to appear in the Version window Version strings can be equal to or less than 254 characters Because the strings are displayed in a text box any number can be accommodated up to the 64K byte text box limitation Languages The Software tab may display the current language All languages are built into the OS image English French German Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Japanese Korean Spanish Thai Identifying Software Versions The Versions tab displays the versions of many of the software programs installed Not all installed software on
222. nal emu lators use a separate keymap e When using a sequence of keys that includes a sticky key press the sticky key first release it then press the rest of the key sequence e When using a sequence of keys that includes the Orange or Blue keys press the color key first then the rest of the key sequence e Tapping the Power key when in any sticky mode Blue Orange Shift etc either turns the device On when Off or places it in Suspend when On e Alphabetic keys default to lower case letters Press the Shft key then the alphabetic key for an uppercase letter e When the computer boots the default condition of Caps or CapsLock is Off The Caps or CapsLock condition can be toggled with Blue plus Tab key sequence e Forthose keymaps that require remapping MAP keys can be remapped using the Buttons Panel Start Settings Per sonal Buttons To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order Field Exit default VK PAUSE MAP Mappable Blue MAP Orange MAP Shift MAP Diamond 1 Display Backlight Brightness Adjust Mode Toggle Blue Mode Bue fh Toggle Orange Mode Orange o Toggle Shift Mode sto o CapsLock Toggle E EQ MX7WMRG A 301 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Delete To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order nr H barrage a Gar Tupa penner fome CO 7 CC O mo lola poe lo H m E EQ MX7WMRG A 302 MX7
223. nched at bootup This function is based on the application s Auto At Boot setting The applications have been listed as approved applications for end user manual launch using the Switchpad menu structure The approved applications are listed on the Switchpad A checkmark indicates the applications active status When Manual Launch is disabled for an application and Allow Close is enabled for the application when the end user closes the specific application it is no longer available shown on the Switchpad When Auto At Boot and Manual Launch are both disabled for a specific application the application is 1 not placed on the list of approved applications for end user manual launch and 2 never launched and 3 not displayed on the Switchpad E EQ MX7WMRG A 189 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Match Match Default is blank Match is not used AppLock works by associating display windows with the launched process ID If an application uses different process IDs for windows it creates the Match field must be used Use the Match field to specify up to 32 characters of the class name for the application For example DOS applications using a standard DOS display box should specify condev_appcls in the Match textbox Allow close Default is Disabled When enabled the associated application can be closed by the end user This option allows the administrator to configure applications that consume system resources to
224. nd data to the highlighted Bluetooth printer Communicate with the highlighted serial Bluetooth device This option is available when Filtered Mode is disabled Pair as Serial Device Disconnect Stop the connection between the MX7 Tecton and the highlighted paired Bluetooth device Remove an unpaired device from the Bluetooth device list The highlighted device name and iden tifier is removed from the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth Devices panel after the user taps OK Properties More information on the highlighted Bluetooth device Delete E EQ MX7WMRG A 77 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Bluetooth Device Properties Bluetooth Device Properties AZ LXEZ Pairing rela EE Properties xX ool KE Scanner 008075 Bluetooth Address DU RIO 2P DD UD 9 7 COD Ox000600 arder DD N Status Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect KY Bluetooth Device Properties Menu Data on the Bluetooth Properties panel cannot be changed by the user The data displayed is the result of the device Query performed during the Discovery process The Status dialog box reflects the current state of the highlighted device E EQ MX7WMRG A 78 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Settings Settings RE LXEZ Pairing Perdi mM Turn OFF Bluetooth Computer is connectable RE LXEZ Pairing Por Mm Turn OFF Bluetooth Computer is connectable Computer is discoverable Computer is disc
225. nd the printer are currently paired No more than 32 80 feet 10 meters line of sight in a quiet environment E EQ MX7WMRG A 88 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Certificates Certificates Start Settings System Certificates Manage digital certificates used for secure communication View displays details of the certificate Personal certificates may be extended from the view screen Delete removes the certificate from the device Delete is not available if the certificate was installed by a device administrator Certificates are divided into three types Personal Intermediate and Root See Certificates in the Wireless Network Configuration section for detailed instruction on generating certificates Personal 22 Settings Pini co Manage Certificates Use personal certificates to positively identify yourself to others Personal Intermediate Root Certificate Settings Personal Panel This panel lists any installed Personal certificates Personal certificates are used to identify the user of the device Toinstall a User certificate 1 Copy the pfx or p12 file to a folder on the MX7 Tecton 2 Use File Explorer to browse to the location of the file and open the file by tapping the file name 3 Type inthe password to unlock the certificate and tap Done The new certificate is copied to the Personal certificate store on the MX7 Tecton E EQ MX7WMRG A 89 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mo
226. nd within three attempts to enter a password If a valid password is not entered within 30 seconds the password prompt is dismissed and the device returns to end user mode All other situations that present the password prompt do not dismiss the prompt this is because the other situations result in invalid end user operation These conditions include e f inaccurate configuration information is entered by the administrator i e an application is specified that does not exist e Ifthe application name which is mandatory for end user mode is missing in the configuration e Invalid installation of AppLock e g missing DLLs e Corrupted registry settings To summarize if an error occurs that prevents AppLock from switching to user mode the password will not timeout and AppLock will wait until the correct password is entered AppLock Password Troubleshooting Contact your LXE representative for assistance when troubleshooting passwords E EQ MX7WMRG A 182 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide End User Switching Technique End User Switching Technique Note The touch screen must be enabled w RFTEerm EZE dd pyrord exe Switchpad Menu A checkmark indicates applications currently active or available for Launching by the user When Keyboard is selected the MX7 Tecton default input method Input Panel Transcriber or custom input method is activated The check to the left of the application name indi
227. ned to work with a Lithium lon Li ion battery from LXE Under normal conditions it should last approximately eight to ten hours before requiring a recharge The more you use the scanner or the wireless transmitter the shorter the time required between battery recharges A suspended MX7 Tecton maintains settings for a minimum of two days using a main battery that has reached the Low Warning point and a fully charged Super cap internal battery The MX7 Tecton retains data during a main battery hot swap for at least 5 minutes Note New main battery packs must be charged prior to use This process takes up to four hours in an MX7 Tecton Battery Charger and six hours when the MX7 Tecton is connected to external power Checking Battery Status Tap the Start Settings System Battery Battery voltage level status and power remaining is displayed Note When the Battery control panel is displayed power management is disabled meaning the backlights and display will not turn off nor will the unit suspend after the configured inactivity times expire Main Battery Pack The main battery pack has a rugged plastic enclosure that is designed to withstand the ordinary rigors of an industrial environment Exercise care when transporting the battery pack making sure it does not come in contact with excessive heat or any power source other than the MX7 Tecton Multi Charger or the MX7 Tecton unit When the main battery pack is properly installed in the
228. nel is displayed and the password can then be entered and confirmed again If the passwords match the password is encrypted and saved See Passwords on page 182 Options Panel a Administration ng aj C Administration ok X Application Security Options Status Launch timeout Replace timeout Restart timeout 20000 Options Panel AppLock uses 3 timeout values when locking applications Launch timeout the time to wait for an application to initially launch before timing out Default value is 60000 milliseconds 60 seconds Replace timeout the time to wait for an application to replace the current window with another one before timing out Default value is 20000 milliseconds 20 seconds Restart timeout the time to wait for an application to restart itself before timing out Default value is 20000 milliseconds 20 seconds E EQ MX7WMRG A 192 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Status Panel Status Panel Use the Status panel to view the log of previous AppLock operations and to configure which messages are to be recorded during AppLock operation Status information is stored in a specific location on the storage device and in a specific logfile specified by the Administrator For this reason the administrator can configure the type of status information that is logged as well as clear the status information ME Administration nang ni o Administration ok X Application Secu
229. net Explorer EUIE for more details Launch Button See following section titled Launch Button Default is Ctrl Spc Select the Global Key key sequence the end user is to press when switching Global Key between applications The Global Key default key sequence must be defined by the AppLock Administrator The Global key is presented to the end user as the Activation key E EQ MX7WMRG A 186 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Application Panel ED tetehr l aooooaoagoooo i Default is 10 seconds Enter the number of seconds that Applications must wait before starting to run after reboot Global Delay Note Delay Global may not be available in all versions of AppLock You can simulate a Global Delay function by setting a delay for the first application lowest Order launched and setting the delay to O for all other applications Default is Disabled Enable check to show the Keyboard option on the Switchpad menu When Input Panel enabled the input panel cannot be enabled or disabled for each individual application and is available to the user for all configured applications Tap the Clear button to clear all currently displayed Filename or Application information The Global Clear Button l settings are not cleared Use the left and right scroll buttons to move from application setup screen to application setup Scroll Buttons screen The left and right buttons update the information on the screen with the previous
230. ng device requests authentication or encryption the MX7 Tecton displays a prompt for the PIN or passcode Maximum encryption is 128 bit Encryption is based on the length of the users passcode Bluetooth devices can be paired and managed using the LXEZ Pairing control panel The MX7 Tecton does not have a Bluetooth managed LED TheLED on a mobile Bluetooth scanner illuminates during a scanning operation the Scan LED on the MX7 Tecton does not illuminate Barcode data captured by a mobile Bluetooth scanner is manipulated by the settings in the MX7 Tecton Data Collection panel Multiple beeps may be heard during a barcode scan using the mobile Bluetooth scanner beeps from the mobile Blue tooth scanner as the barcode data is accepted rejected and other beeps from the MX7 Tecton during final barcode data manipulation E EQ MX7WMRG A 14 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Keypads Keypads e OCHO IB 16 FOK 9060 0600 2900 o G j 2 2 m m mg ERI IE 0 e im aw P ua pa di j L j j k j T TE L 4 7 B Y d i E O R E E im 6 a 0 E 00006 CR o im im B ANSI Primary Delete 5250 Primary Delete ANSI Primary Backspace Using the 55 Key Alpha Numeric Keypad There are three options available for the 55 key keypad 1 2 3 ANSI Primary Delete 5250 Primary Delete 5250 commands are displayed on the keypad overlay next to the affected keys ANSI
231. ns on this screen E EQ MX7WMRG A 142 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Status Popup Status Popup AF Settings Find OK Ma Tecton Options 5 sec timeout lladmin 7 User RFTerm secID s Admin User WLAN radio Admin User Battery meter Admin User Bluetooth status Admin User Communication Misc Status Popup Options Status Popup When the Status popup window is enabled and displayed it is placed on top of the window in focus and hides any data beneath it The Status Popup window is closed by pressing the assigned Status User or Status Admin key sequence Note LXE recommends using a Diamond key for the assigned key sequence to use when opening and closing the popup If a Function key is used that Function key is not available to applications that generally use Function keys such as RF Term Using the Buttons settings panel Start Settings Personal Buttons Program Buttons the System Administrator must first assign a Status User key for the end user when they want to toggle the Status Popup Window on or off Select the desired key and assign that key to StatPopup Similarly the System Administrator must also assign a Status Admin key to perform the same function for the Admin popup Select the desired key and assign that key to Admin StatPop Status popup window display options taskbar icons are assigned on the Status Popup tab E g WLAN radio Battery meter Bluetooth status RF Term Se
232. ntents TOON PA AG o E 55 Bk kap gc o ri AAP PAA of ADOD oases ae E i ee ee eee eee eee ees 57 Version Tab and the Registry 57 Languages 57 Identifying Software VersiOnga aa 57 MAC Address isa san a E AAR 57 POON eee a e E EEE E eee ete E E EEE 58 Program Buttons 58 Up Down Control a 59 Input DU Tis AS IO HT DU Word Le lt nais e 61 AR 62 Owner Information 2002 22 e cece ccc cece cece ec cee cece cee cece cece cece cee cece cece cece ee eeeeecececeeeeeeeseeeees 63 System Panels NNE Seca seen O RENDER ONA QD te ne de DAR DD aces oun 65 A AA es eee 65 VOO coco ARA een ence te oe ese dada Rca sans EA EENE EES isa iamos T 65 Bi le PAA ie ORNE RD ND ONDE RD 66 COR aha s sacado Pe AE DES No Pac dd ca dana ul dass Paso ei DSL a DESSE ada cosa RE 67 Backlight a 68 Backlight aa 68 Battery POWer cus kaa AUNG eaten ane Leda ELA bas one Aba NANA a oaoaraa oroen 69 aiai TT 70 l 11 PEI o dp EEES EE IT TETT EES RIDE EE EE eee A PERDI AOE EEEE A E ET EA EASA E A ST 2 Initial Configuration aan 73 SubsequentUse aaa aaa aaa aaa aa 73 SIII een h DEVICES esco pais acne M reer Lei dO ad do A O AE DO Ra Sp 14 Clear BUTON AAP AO 14 Ree BUNGO casta en mee ese BG ARA Tat Eee KAPAG PIA E eee ee 19 PTS CO AA 19 Bluetooth Device Menu cce e e e e e eee aa Tf Bluetooth Device Properties cece ccc cece cece een 78 APA 19 Turn On BICO mema dn G
233. nteraction and setup for a mobile Bluetooth laser scanner or laser imager connected to the MX7 Tecton using Bluetooth functions e The MX7 Tecton must have the Bluetooth hardware and software installed An operating system upgrade may be required Contact your LXE representative for details e f the MX7 Tecton has a Bluetooth address identifier barcode label affixed then Bluetooth hardware and software are installed e The mobile Bluetooth laser scanner laser imager battery is fully charged e The MX7 Tecton main battery is fully charged Alternatively the MX7 Tecton may be cabled to AC DC power e Important The barcode numbering examples in this segment are not real and should not be created nor scanned with a Bluetooth scanner e To open the LXEZ Pairing program tap Start Settings System Bluetooth or tap the Bluetooth icon at the bottom of the Today panel LnkBO0490fd0 1020 Sample Sample Bluetooth Address Barcode Label Locate the barcode label similar to the one shown above attached to the MX7 Tecton The label is the Bluetooth address identifier for the MX7 Tecton The mobile Bluetooth scanner imager requires this information before discovering pairing connecting or disconnecting can occur Important The MX7 Tecton Bluetooth address identifier label should be protected from damage rips tears spills soiling erasure etc at all times It may be required when pairing connecting and disconnecting new Bluetoo
234. nterval A multiple of the beacon period that specifies how often the beacon contains a delivery traffic indication message DTIM The DTIM tells power saving devices a packet is waiting for them For example if DTIM 3 then every third beacon contains a DTIM Signal strength RSSI displayed in dBm and graphically Signal quality a measure of the clarity of the signal displayed in percentage and graphically There are no user entries on this screen Note After completing radio configuration it is a good idea to review this screen to verify the radio has associated no encryption WEP or authenticated LEAP any WPA as indicated above E EQ MX7WMRG A 259 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Diags Tab Diags Tab Start Settings System Wi Fi Diags tab BZ Summit Client Utility Ge fi Profile Default SDC IP Address 100 100 100 100 Rejconnect Release Renew Start Ping 100 100 100 200 Diagnostics Save To Diagnostico Output Main Profile Status Diags Global SCU Diags Tab The Diags screen can be used for troubleshooting network traffic and radio connectivity issues e Re connect Use this button to apply or reapply the current profile and attempt to associate or authenticate to the wireless LAN All activity is logged in the Diagnostic Output box on the lower part of the screen e Release Renew Obtain a new IP address through release and renew All activity is logged in the
235. nwanted checkboxes are not checked Important If a failure occurs during the update DO NOT RESTART or coldboot Follow the instructions on the screen to Exit the update utility then restart the update utility 5 Tap Start to start the update The checkboxes are dimmed when the Update is processing Do not touch the device until the install update is complete MON gt mg Start pe qm 0 ME Start MX 7 Tecton Update 3 5 Press Start Button to start Exit Bootloader has been Aa updated uttor LO Ex The 05 will be updated the next time the MM Tecton is restarted Restart now Target OS WinMobile When the bootloader process is complete tap the Yes button to complete the update process Tap the No button to restart later When the process is finished MX7 Tecton has restarted remove the SD card replace the rubber barrier and replace the main battery Turn the MX7 Tecton on Check the OS update version by viewing the About or About LXE Settings panel Note If the application displays Update OS Image Failed or Update Boot Loader Image Failed do not Restart the system manually Perform a warm boot then try the upgrade again Restarting will cause a system crash since there is no valid image in the MX7 Tecton system Battery State and OS Upgrade LXE recommends a fully charged main battery be installed in the MX7 Tecton prior to upgrading the operating system A prompt may appear when the battery reaches
236. o K CJ None b GB ITUITITUI TITI TUNUNN Record Gain 18 0 JB Headset volume 15 0 dE al K Boost 30 0 dB E d gt Sidetone 0 0 dB Mutou Input cykput Input Tap and hold the sliders and move them either left or right or tap the left and right arrows to adjust decibel levels Tap the Test button on the Output panel to hear a changed setting E EQ MX7WMRG A 140 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide MX7 Tecton Options MX7 Tecton Options Start Settings System MX7 Tecton Options Set MX7 Tecton specific device options Options that cannot be edited by the user are dimmed Contact your LXE representative for enhancements and updates as they become available Communication AY Settings a d mm oy Ma Tecton Options Enable TCP IP vo Remote Desktop 4utologon Sutolaunch TimeSync Communication Misc Status Popup MX7 Tecton Options Communication By default TCP IP version 6 is enabled on the MX7 Tecton Check this checkbox to disable TCP IP version 6 By default Remote Desktop Autologin is disabled Check this checkbox to enable Remote Desktop Autologin Autolaunch TimeSync enables time synchronization when the MX7 Tecton boots E EQ MX7WMRG A 141 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Misc Misc 28 Settings er d mm OK Ma Tecton Options Communication Misc Status Popup MX7 Tecton Options Misc There are no user configurable optio
237. o the text I Hex encoded The hex encoded text is translated to the Value 0x0D in a barcode is Carriage Return OxOA equivalent hex value converted to a value OxOA Escaped hex The hex encoding to pass thru to the Vertical Tab 40x0A or Value 0x0C is a barcode is encoded text application UW UA converted to text 0x0A Barcode Processing Examples The following table shows examples of stripping and prefix suffix configurations The examples assume that the scanner is configured to transmit an AIM identifier Symbology E fa en ews mawzoismo coa mem po po o po p T a H CO fosas fers EE O O O E H septa lo fro gf somm po b Po po H Per mo O fu ui O site um le pm la Provided that the wedge is configured with the above table following are examples of scanned barcode data and results of these manipulations E EQ MX7WMRG A 125 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Barcode Processing Examples Barcode Symbology EAN 128 EAN 128 EAN 128 EAN 13 EAN 13 EAN 13 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 Code 93 Code 93 Code 39 Code 39 full ASCII Code 39 Raw Scanner Data C 11234567890123 C111234567890123 C1123 E01234567890987 E01231234567890987 E01234 104444567890987654321 104444567890123 10444 1022245622 G0123456 C0444444 JA01234567890 JA4 1231234567890 A4 Rejected barcodes generate a bad scan beep In some cases the receipt of data from the scanner triggers a good scan beep
238. obile Reference Guide Introduction The LXE MX7 Tecton handheld computer is a rugged portable personal computer equipped with a Microsoft Windows operating system This MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide has been developed for a MX7 Tecton with a Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 5 operating system This device can transmit information using an 802 11 network card and it can store information for later transmission through an RS 232 or USB port The MX7CS Cold Storage device functions normally in various temperature ranges The MX7 Tecton is vertically oriented and features backlighting for the display Keypads are available in 55 key alphanumeric and 32 key numeric alpha versions TOD z This device can be scaled from a limited function batch computer to an integrated wireless P C z a scanning computer A trigger handle is available as an accessory Pa z 7 The stylus attached to the handstrap is used to assist in entering data and configuration Protective film for the touch screen is available as an accessory The MX7 Tecton is powered by a 2200 mAh Lithium lon main battery pack and an internal Super capacity Super cap battery Note There is no Warm Boot Warm Start Warm Reset as used in other versions of Microsoft operating systems function available for Windows Mobile devices Suspend resume performs the equivalent function E EQ MX7WMRG A 1 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Gui
239. on is always On until both batteries are drained completely of power When the main battery and Super cap battery are drained completely the unit is in the Off mode The unit transitions from the Off mode to the On mode when a charged main battery is inserted or external power is applied and the Power key is pressed Suspend Mode The Suspend mode is entered when the unit is inactive for a predetermined period of time or the user taps the Power key MX7 Tecton Suspend timers are set using Start Settings Power Advanced tab Wake up Events all configurable via an LXE Power Management API call e Any key onthe keypad e Stylus touch on the touchscreen e Handle trigger press e Connecting to AC adapter e Power button tap e USB connection e COM portcontrol CTS e Real time clock e Bluetooth device reconnect disconnect message When the MX7 Tecton wakes up the Display Backlight and the Power Off timers begin the countdown again When any one of the above events occurs prior to the Power Off timer expiring the timer starts the countdown again The MX7 Tecton does not need to be placed in Suspend mode before hotswapping the main battery Off Mode The unit is in Off Mode when the main battery and the Super cap battery are depleted Insert a fully charged main battery and press the Power key to turn the MX7 Tecton On E EQ MX7WMRG A 21 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Batteries Batteries The MX7 Tecton is desig
240. on the Main tab When Auto Profile is On if the radio goes out of range from the currently selected profile the radio then begins to attempt to connect to the profiles listed under Auto Profile The search continues until e the SCU connects to and if necessary authenticates with one of the specified profiles or e the Off button is clicked to turn off Auto Profile Note Do not include any profiles with an Ad Hoc Radio Mode in this listing E EQ MX7WMRG A 253 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Admin Login Admin Login To login to Administrator mode tap the Admin Login button Once logged in the button label changes to Admin Logout The admin is automatically logged out when the SCU is exited The Admin can either tap the Admin Logout button or the OK button to logout 2 Summit Client Utility Enter Admin Password Main Tab Enter Admin Password Enter the Admin password the default password is SUMMIT and is case sensitive and tap OK If the password is incorrect an error message is displayed The Administrator default password can be changed on the Global tab The end user can e Turn the radio on or off on the Main tab e Select an active Profile on the Main tab e View the current parameter settings for the profiles on the Profile tab e View the global parameter settings on the Global tab e View the current connection details on the Status tab e View radio status software vers
241. on to be used is if UPCEO is disabled When UPCEO is disabled it is scanned by the imager but rejected by Data Collection Wedge Transmit Check Character When enabled transmit the check character Default is enabled Transmit number System Digit When enabled transmit the number system digit Default is enabled Expand Version E When enabled expand version E to 12 digit UPCA format Default is disabled Addenda Read 2 Digit When enabled transmit the 2 digit addenda Default is disabled Read 5 Digit When enable transmit the 5 digit addenda Default is disabled Required When enabled only transmit barcodes with a 2 or 5 digit addenda Default is enabled Insert Separator When enabled insert a space between the code and addenda Default is disabled E EQ MX7WMRG A 118 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide OCR Symbology OCR Symbology BE Start ocr Properties Font Disabled OA CB L 7 Money L 1 MICR Template Group Gi isroup H Check Pear ok x Direction AB Left to Right L 7 Top ko Bottom L Right to Left L 7 Bottom ko Top dddddddd Font Font selection Disabled A OCRA B OCRB Money OCR Money MICR Magnetic Ink Character Recognition Default is disabled Direction Decoder reads OCR fonts in any direction but setting direction parameter correctly can increase decoding speed Left to Right Top to Bottom Right to
242. onnecting to the network Enter these items as directed below E EQ MX7WMRG A 279 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide PEAP GTC 22 Summit Client Utility ORE OK DT Validate server PEAP GTC Credentials Enter the Domain Username if the Domain is required otherwise enter the Username Enter the password Leave the CA Certificate File Name blank for now Click OK then click Commit Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main Tab See Windows Certificate Store vs Certs Path for more information on certificate storage E EQ MX7WMRG A 280 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide PEAP GTC Once successfully authenticated import the CA certificate into the Windows certificate store Return to the Credentials screen and check the Validate server checkbox AF Summit Client Utility ORE OK User Password LXE act Mio validate server Use MS store PEAP GTC Certificate Filename If using the Windows certificate store e Check the Use MS store checkbox The default is to use the Full Trusted Store e Toselect an individual certificate click on the Browse button e Uncheck the Use full trusted store checkbox e Select the desired certificate and click Select You are returned to the Credentials screen If using the Certs Path option e Leave the Use MS store box unchecked e Enter the certificate filename in the CA Cert textbox Click OK then click Commit The device
243. ons to a host PC az Settings My ISP Add a new modem connection My Work Network Add a new modem connection Add a new VPN server connection Set Up my proxy server Tasks Advanced RE Settings Kad C Select which networks are automatically used Select Networks Dialing Rules Create exceptions For intranet addresses Exceptions Tasks Advanced Connections Settings Task Panel and Advanced Panel Advanced Panel Options ME Settings we cd Network Management Programs that automatically connect to the Internet should connect using My ISP Programs that automatically connect ko a private network should connect using ea Nom RE Settings ed mi Dialing Rules To avoid creating 4 new connection For each location use dialing rules Use dialing rules Home L Work E EQ MX7WMRG A 156 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Connections fy Settings wee Work URL Exceptions IF your company uses periods jin intranet addresses enter the URLs here so vou can connect to those sites URL exceptions Add new URL Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 157 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Domain Enroll Domain Enroll Start Settings Connections Domain Enroll Enroll in
244. ontrollers The reauthentication information is cached on the original AP The client and the AP use the cached information to perform the four way handshake to exchange keys Opportunistic PMK OPMk is used when there are controllers The reauthentication information cached on the controllers The client and the controller behind the AP use the cached information to perform the PMK Caching Standard four way handshake to exchange keys If the selected PMK caching method is not supported by the network infrastructure every roam requires full 802 11X authentication including interaction with the ACS server If the active profile is using WPA2 CCKM the global PMK Caching setting is ignored and the client attempts to use CCKM Options are Standard OPMK Note This change does not take effect until after a Suspend Resume cycle WAPI Default is Off and dimmed cannot be changed TX Dj t How to handle antenna diversity when transmitting packets to the Access Point iversi N Options are Main only and On boi Start How to handle antenna diversity when receiving packets from the Access Point RX Orey Orey on boi Options are On start on Main and Main only If the packet size in bytes exceeds the specified number of bytes set in the fragment threshold the packet is fragmented sent as several pieces instead of Frag Thresh 2346 as one block Use a low setting in areas where communication is poor or where there is a great deal o
245. ork is not displayed tap Add New If the desired network is displayed in the list tap the network name E EQ MX7WMRG A 249 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Create a New Network Connection EA Settings Configure Wireless Network Connects ko he Internet This is a hidden network Cancel Network Configuration Enter the SSID of the desired network in the Network name text box Be sure to check the This is a hidden network checkbox for a non broadcast SSID In the Connects to box select The Internet if the MX7 Tecton connects directly to the Internet select Work if the MX7 Tecton connects to a network even if the network provides an Internet connection Tap Next 2 settings d Configure Network Authentication EF Authentication Data Encryption Disabled Network Authentication E EQ MX7WMRG A 250 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Edit a Network Connection Please refer to the Windows Mobile help screens or online documentation for configuring wireless security using the Windows Mobile Wireless Manager Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right comer to close Windows Help Edit a Network Connection Double tap the network name to edit the configuration or tap the network name and tap Connect to connect to the network Network configuration screens are the same as displayed in the
246. ost doesn t know you are trying to connect May mean a bad cable with no control lines connected or an incompatible baud rate Try the connection again with a known good cable E EQ MX7WMRG A 198 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Configuring the MX7 Tecton with LXEConnect Configuring the MX7 Tecton with LXEConnect LXEConnect allows a user to view the MX7 Tecton screen remotely from a PC using an ActiveSync connection Requirements ActiveSync version 4 5 or higher for Windows XP desktop laptop computers must be resident on the host desktop laptop computer Windows Mobile Device Center version 6 1 or higher is required for a Windows Vista Windows 7 desktop laptop computer ActiveSync is already installed on the MX7 Tecton The MX7 Tecton is preconfigured to establish a USB ActiveSync connection to a host PC when the USB cable is attached to the MX7 Tecton and the host PC Install LXEConnect 1 2 3 6 Contact your LXE representative for the LXEConnect files Download the files to a location on your host PC hard drive Execute the setup exe file that was copied to the host PC This setup program installs the LXEConnect utility The installer will guide you through the steps required to install LSE Connect on your computer WARNING This computer program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized duplication or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result
247. ouchscreen is not accepting Press lt Ctrl gt lt Esc Blue Alt gt to force the Start screen to appear Use arrow keys to stylus taps or needs move from program to program Press Enter to start a program or open folder Settings recalibration etc There may be slight delays while the wireless client connects to the network authorization The MX7 Tecton seems to for voice enabled applications complete Wavelink Avalanche management of the MX7 lockup as soon as it is rebooted Tecton startup completes and Bluetooth relationships establish or re establish When the desktop appears or an application begins the MX7 Tecton is ready for use New batteries must be fully charged prior to first use Li lon batteries like all batteries gradually lose their capacity over time in a linear fashion and never just stop working This is important to remember the MX7 Tecton is always on even when in the Suspend state and draws a small amount of battery power at all times Note Cold Storage Battery Life minimum 2 5 hours while the unit is roaming powered on with ambient temperature 10 C 14 F or above Display backlight turned on Keypad LED backlight on radio connected to Access Point and scanner decoding barcodes The LXE Li lon main battery MX7A381BATT and MX7393BATT has been designed specifically for the Cold Storage device This 1250mAh battery has a blue label while the standard 2200mAh battery has a white MX7A380BATT and MX7392BA T
248. overable Prompt if devices request to pair Prompt if devices request to pair Continuous search Filtered Mode Continuous search Jared Mode _ Printer Port coma Logging Computer Friendly Name LXE ET Terminal Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect ahel Logging Computer Friendly Name LXE ET Terminal Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect Filtered Mode On Filtered Mode Off Bluetooth Device Settings Panel Note These options can still be checked or unchecked whether Bluetooth connection is enabled or disabled Turn On Bluetooth Tap the button to toggle the Bluetooth client On or Off The button title changes from Turn Off Bluetooth to Turn On Bluetooth Default The default value is Disabled Bluetooth client is off E EQ MX7WMRG A 79 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Options Options This option is Enabled checked by default Computer is connectable Computer is discoverable Prompt if devices request to pair Continuous Search Filtered Mode Printer Port COMO Logging Computer Friendly Name Disable this option to inhibit MX7 Tecton connection initiated by a Bluetooth scanner This option is Disabled unchecked by default Enable this option to ensure other devices can discover the MX7 Tecton This option is Enabled checked by default A dialog box appears on the MX7 Tecton screen notifying the user a Bluetooth device requests to pair with
249. oves the address bar and status bar The Options Dialog is also removed so the end user cannot re enable the address bar The administrator specifies the EUIE by checking the Internet checkbox in the Application tab of the Administrator applet The internet application should then be entered in the Application text box When the Internet checkbox is enabled the Menu and Status check boxes are available Enabling the Menu checkbox displays the EUIE menu which contains navigation functions like Back Forward Home Refresh etc functions that are familiar to most Internet Explorer users When the Menu checkbox is blank the EUIE menu is not displayed and Navigation functions are unavailable When the Status checkbox is enabled the status bar displayed by EUIE gives feedback to the end user when they are navigating the Internet If the standard Internet Explorer that is shipped with the mobile device is desired it should be treated like any other application This means that IEXPLORER EXE or equivalent should be specified in the Application text box and the internet application should be entered in the command line In this case do not check the Internet checkbox E EQ MX7WMRG A 184 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Application Configuration Application Configuration Settings System Administration icon The default Administrator Hotkey sequence is Shift Ctri A Administrator mode allows access to all features on
250. previous section Switch Control to SCU 1 To switch back to SCU control select any other profile except ThirdPartyC onfig in the SCU Active Config drop down list on the Main tab 2 A message appears that a Power Cycle is required to make settings activate properly 3 Tap OK 4 Suspend Resume the MX7 Tecton Radio control is passed to the Summit Client Utility E EQ MX7WMRG A 251 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Main Tab Main Tab Start Settings System Wi Fi Main tab 2 Summit Client Utility Ga d P a Admin Login SUMMIT Disable Radio Default ka Associated ABG Worldwide C 0n We off List gt YAD 22 SEJ v2 03 22 About SCU Main Profile Status Diags Global SCU Main Tab The Main tab displays information about the wireless client device including e SCU Summit Client Utility version e Driver version e Radio Type ABG is an 802 11 a b g radio e Regulatory Domain e Copyright Information can be accessed by tapping the About SCU button e Active Config profile Active Profile name e Status of the client Down Associated Authenticated etc The Active Profile can be switched without logging in to Admin mode Selecting a different profile from the drop down list does not require logging in to Administrator mode The profile must already exist LXE recommends performing a Suspend Resume function when changing profiles Profiles can be created or edited after the Ad
251. ption is enabled Note If Allow Close is enabled and both Auto Re launch and Manual Launch are disabled the application cannot be restarted for the end user or by the end user after the application terminates Default is O tries Retries is the number of times AppLock will try to re launch the application The retry count is reset after an application is successfully launched and controlled by AppLock Valid values are between O no tries and 99 tries or 1 for infinite Infinite tries ends when the application successfully launches Default is O seconds no delay Delay is the amount of time AppLock waits prior to re launching an application that has terminated The delay is specified in seconds Valid values are between O no delay and 99 seconds AppLock must also be configured to automatically re launch an application To AppLock application termination by the end user is indistinguishable from application termination for any other reason Manual Launch Default is Disabled Enabling this option allows the end user to launch the specified application s Upon bootup completion an application with Manual enabled is listed on the Switchpad accompanied by a checkmark that indicates the application is currently active or available for Launching When an application name is tapped by the end user the application is launched if inactive and brought to the foreground Applications set up with Manual Launch enabled may or may not be lau
252. r e When the computer boots the default condition of Caps or CapsLock is Off The Caps or CapsLock condition can be toggled with Blue plus Tab key sequence e Forthose keymaps that require remapping MAP keys can be remapped using the Buttons Panel Start Settings Per sonal Buttons To get this Key Function Press these pp in this Order Field Exit default VK PAUSE MAP Mappable Blue MAP Orange MAP Shift MAP Diamond 1 Vomero H Sean TH Voimeaquivea law lv pron Bowron Diy Backigr Bromes H O NA Toome fome mesmos m o O mo o O O a a a a mo fes O O aa Se o a HH CE lap O O CO PR o o CO E O a T HH pomar T 1 T CE T E EQ MX7WMRG A 313 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Backspace EC H E EQ MX7WMRG A 314 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Backspace To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft Shft ll ll a aaa maa o o o ll ll a aaa maa ll ll O RR eee a aaa maa ll ll ll ll a a maa O RR eee ll a aaa maa ll Ll O UU Bl S E a pa o E co a a el E a ON a a ee a a E EQ MX7WMRG A 315 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Backspace To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order Shft Shft Shft Shft Shf
253. r Shared key Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP type used for 802 1x authentication to the Access Point Options are None LEAP EAP FAST PEAP MSCHAP PEAP GTC PEAP TLS EAP TTLS or EAP Type None EAP TLS Note EAP Type chosen determines whether the Credentials button is active and also determines the available entries in the Credentials pop up window Type of encryption to be used to protect transmitted data Available options may vary by SCU version Options are None WEP or Manual WEP WEP EAP or Auto WEP WPA PSK WPA TKIP Encryption None WPA CCKM WPA2 PSK WPA2 AES or WPA2 CCKM CKIP is not supported in the MX7 Tecton Note The Encryption type chosen determines if the WEP Keys PSK Keys button is active and also determines the available entries in the WEP or PSK pop up window E EQ MX7WMRG A 257 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Profile Parameters Specify 802 11a 802 11b and or 802 11g rates when communicating with the AP The options displayed for this parameter depend on the type of radio installed in the mobile device Options B rates only 1 2 5 5 and 11 Mbps BG Rates Full All B and G rates G rates only 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 and 54 Mbps BG optimized or BG subset 1 2 5 5 6 11 24 36 and 54 Mbps A rates only 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 and 54 Mbps ABG Rates Full All A rates and all B and G rates with A rates preferred BGA Rates Full All B and G rates and all A
254. r corrective action AppLock exe from the Windows directory and reboot the unit Deleting AppLock exe triggers the AppLock system to reload Converted password from wide to mbs The keyboard filter uses this event at the Administrator panel The event could not be created If the keyboard cannot be controlled AppLock cannot process the hotkey This failure prevents a mode switch into user mode The keyboard filter must watch for hot key changes The watch process could not be initiated Processing the backdoor entry The Ctrl key has been pressed and trapped by the HotKey processing Processing the hotkey and backdoor entry Unable to decrypt password Decryption process ok Unable to decrypt password Decryption process ok Unable to decrypt password Unable to decrypt password Decryption process ok Decryption processok S O Unable to encrypt password Encrypt password process successful Unable to encrypt password Unable to encrypt password Encrypt password process successful The password encryption failed Unable to encrypt password Unable to encrypt password Unable to encrypt password E EQ MX7WMRG A 331 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Level LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG EX LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG ERROR LOG EX LOG ERROR LOG ERRO
255. r to tap the Alph key to toggle between Alpha and Numeric mode When using a sequence of keys that do not include the Alph key but does include a sticky key press the sticky key first then the rest of the key sequence E EQ MX7WMRG A 16 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Display Display The touchscreen display is an active color LCD unit capable of supporting VGA graphics modes Display size is 240 x 320 pixels in portrait orientation The covering is designed to resist stains The touchscreen allows signature capture and touch input A pen stylus is included The touchscreen responds to an actuation force touch of 4 oz of pressure or greater The color display is optimized for indoor lighting The display is black when the device is in Suspend Mode or when both batteries have expired and the unit is Off Display Backlight Timer When the Backlight timer expires the display backlight is tumed off The default value for the battery power timer is 30 seconds The default value for the external power timer is 1 minute The backlight timer dims the backlight on the touchscreen at the end of the specified time When the display wakes up the Backlight timer begins the countdown again The keypad backlight can be synchronized with the display backlight activity E EQ MX7WMRG A 17 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Status LEDs Status LEDs e The MX7 Tecton does not have a Bluetooth managed LED An
256. red trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries Summit Data Communications Inc Summit Data Communications the Summit logo and The Pinnacle of Performance are trademarks of Summit Data Communications Inc The Cisco Square Bridge logo is a trademark of Cisco Systems Inc Aironet Cisco and Cisco Systems are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems Inc and or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by LXE Inc is under license PowerScan is a registered trademark of Datalogic Scanning Inc located in Eugene OR Symbol is a registered trademark of Symbol Technologies MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Inc Hand Held Products is a trademark of Hand Held Products Inc a subsidiary of Honeywell International Wavelink the Wavelink logo and tagline Wavelink Studio Avalanche Management Console Mobile Manager and Mobile Manager Enterprise are trademarks of Wavelink Corporation Kirkland When any part of this publication is in PDF format Acrobat Reader Copyright 2011 Adobe Systems Incorporated All rights reserved Adobe the Adobe logo Acrobat and the Acrobat logo are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated applies Other product names mentioned within this publication may be trad
257. release LXE recommends using AppLock which is resident on each Windows Execution CE device Server Contact Setup synchronization scheduled Mobile Device Server contact suspend and reboot settings Set options for Enabler startup or shutdown and logging Set options for Taskbar Scan Config This option allows the user to configure Enabler settings using a special barcode that is created by the Avalanche MC Console Scan Config not currently supported by LXE Disola Set up the Windows display at startup on connect and during normal mode The settings can be Spas adjusted by the user Shortcuts Add delete and update shortcuts to user allowable applications Enable or disable network and wireless settings Select an adapter and switch between the Adapters Avalanche Network Profile and manual settings View the current adapter signal strength and quality IP address MAC address SSID BSSID and Status Link speed The user cannot edit this information E EQ MX7WMRG A 229 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Connection Connection Avalanche Update Settings OK Connection Server Contact Pre no Avalanche Server Address ee Check serial connection Disable ActiveSync Restrict Adapter Link Speed Min Link Speed 1000 kbs Connection Options patente Enter the IP Address or host name of the Mobile Device Server assigned to the MX7 Tecton Server Address Check Serial Indicates whether the
258. rity Options Status Filename 5wstemlapplock txt Ka View Log Clear Status Status Panel Move the cursor to the Filename text box and either type the logfile path or tap the Browse button the button The standard Windows OS Browse dialog is displayed After selecting the logfile from the Browse dialog tap OK View Emo Error status messages are logged when an error occurs and is intended to be used by the administrator to deter mine why the specified application cannot be locked Processing status shows the flow control of AppLock components and is mainly intended for LXE Customer Serv Process l l ice when helping users troubleshoot problems with their AppLock program Extended Extended status provides more detailed information than that logged by Process Logging All messages are displayed Tap the Refresh button after changing from one view level to another The filtered records are displayed all others are not displayed E EQ MX7WMRG A 193 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Log Log Note If a level higher than Error is selected the status should be cleared frequently by the administrator In addition to the three view levels the administrator can select that all status information be logged or turn off all status information logging completely The system default is None however to reduce registry use the administrator may want to select None after verifying
259. rocess to switch to user LOG Switching to user hotkey The system is currently in admin mode and is now switching to user mode The switch LOG press occurred because of a hotkey press by the administrator PROCESSING AA TA im S unable to control the taskbar to prevent the locked application from re LOG ERROR Taskbar hook OK AppLock successfully installed control of the taskbar LOG EX After the application is launched AppLock must wait until the application has initialized itself before proceeding The application did not start successfully and AppLock has timed LOG ERROR out ToUser after admin not The user mode switch is attempted when the device boots and after the administrator LOG EX at boot presses the hotkey The mode switch is being attempted after a hotkey press E EQ MX7WMRG A 335 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Switching to admin registry read failure LOG PROCESSING Timeout looking for app window Revision History Explanation and or corrective action ToUser after admin app The switch to user mode is being made via a hotkey press and the administrator has left l He l LOG EX still open the application open and has not made any changes in the configuration l If user mode is being entered via a hotkey press the administrator may have left the ToUser after admin no l av Hk configured application open If so AppLock does not launch the application again unless LOG EX app or cmd l
260. rt L2TP NDISWAN Miniport Network Card Settings To configure a network card tap on the adapter name and enter the IP address or select Use server assigned IP address and the name server addresses E EQ MX7WMRG A 159 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Network Cards RE Settings sd c RE Settings sd c Summit WLAN Adapter Summit WLAN Adapter Use server assigned IP address Name server addresses may be automatically assigned if DHCP is enabled on this adapter O Use specific IP address Not connected wns awns IP Address Name Servers IP Address Name Servers Cancel Cancel Network Card IP Address and Name Servers Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top nght corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 160 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide USB to PC USB to PC Start Settings Connections USB to PC This option is enabled when connection to a host PC using a USB cable is required The option is enabled by default ME Settings a d C OK USE ko PL Changing the type of USE connection your device uses can help with problems connecting ActiveSync Enable advanced network Functionalit Connections USB to PC E EQ MX7WMRG A 161 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Standard Microsoft Applications Standard Microsoft Applications Note Th
261. ry entries to enable or disable startup options These flags are located in the registry key HKEY LOCAL MACHINEISoftwareiLXElLaunch These can be configured using RegEdit The options are as follows Ship LTK or LaunchPSM Execute the Persist keys JumpStart Look for and execute JumpStart scripts TimeService it o it o LaunchStart o Execute any auto install files in System Startup Launches the GrabTime utility as a service so that the time and date are periodically automatically updated It can often be useful to disable these as necessary to troubleshoot system startup Example The following example loads and launches RF Term pr TTTTTTT RE Term support HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SOFTWARE LXE Persist LXE TE Fi leName System RFTERM CAB TInstalled dword U FileCheck WINDOWS LXE RFTERM EXE Order dword 11 run the app after it has loaded and client device is ready HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SOFTWARE LXE Persist RFTERM Pi leName A WINDOWS NLXENNRETERM EXE Installed dword 0 Pi leCheck ALWAYSEXEC Order dword 40 Delay dword 1 E EQ MX7WMRG A 203 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Script Based Launch Items Script Based Launch Items Note The Script Based Launch items documented here are processed after the Registry Based Launch items documented earlier The Enhanced script based portion of the Launch utility provides several features e Launch CAB file e
262. s invalid Invalid decimal data data SetRegData The data field doesn t contain decimal data SetRegData DelRegData DelRegKey Invalid hex data data The data field doesn t contain hexadecimal data Invalid Registry Key key SE The key parameter to the command has not been recognized etRegData DelRegKey MkDir Parms Invalid Create Directory Not enough parameters were supplied Parms Invalid Create Registry Key SetRegKey Not enough parameters were supplied Parms Invalid Create Shortcut Shortcut Not enough parameters were supplied Parms Invalid Delete Registry Data DelRegData Not enough parameters were supplied Parms Invalid Delete Registry Key DelRegKey Not enough parameters were supplied Co Parms Invalid File Copy Pi Not enough parameters were supplied Fcopy Parms Invalid File Delete Delete Not enough parameters were supplied Launch Parms Invalid Program Name LaunchCmd Not enough parameters were supplied E EQ MX7WMRG A 219 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Launch Error Messages CO U U O O E i Parms Invalid Remove Directory Not enough parameters were supplied Parms Invalid Set Registry Data SetRegData Not enough parameters were supplied Parms Invalid User Message Not enough parameters were supplied Program Launch couldn t get Launch l E vit Cade eromeoda LaunchOmd There was a problem getting the exit status of the program Launch Program Launch
263. s the type of barcode identifier being processed If the scanner being configured is not an integrated scanner the scanner driver expects that the setting has been programmed into the scanner externally and that the data will be coming in with the specified Code ID attached Transmission of the Code ID is enabled at the scanner for all barcode symbologies not for an individual symbology Code ID is sent from the scanner so the scanner driver can discriminate between symbologies Programs the internal scanner to disable transmission of a Code ID The only entry in the Symbology popup list is All AIM Programs the internal scanner to transmit the AIM ID with each barcode The combo box in the Symbology panel is loaded with the known AIM ID symbologies for that platform plus any configured Custom code IDs Symbol Programs the internal scanner to transmit the Symbol ID with each barcode The combo box in the Symbology y panel is loaded with the known Symbol ID symbologies for that platform plus any configured Custom Code IDs HHP l Programs the internal scanner to transmit the HHP ID with each barcode The combo box in the Symbology panel is loaded with the known HHP ID symbologies for that platform plus any custom Code IDs Does not change the scanner s Code ID transmission setting The combo box in the Symbology panel is loaded Custom l with any configured Custom Code IDs E EQ MX7WMRG A 101 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference G
264. save changes If the panel is exited before tapping the Commit button changes are not saved Factory Default Settings Roam Trigger Roam Delta Roam Period BG Channel Set DFS Channels DFS Scan Time Ad Hoc Channel Aggressive Scan WMM Off TTLS Inner Method Frag Threshold RTS Threshold LED Off Hide Passwords On Admin Password SUMMIT or blank E EQ MX7WMRG A 261 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Custom Parameter Option 2 Summit Client Utility Property value SDC 2 65 dEm Changing this setting will reset the connection Main Profile Status Diags Global SCU Global Tab Custom Parameter Option LXE does not support the parameter Custom option The parameter value is displayed as Custom when the operating system registry has been edited to set the Summit parameter to a value that is not available from the parameter s drop down list Selecting Custom from the drop down list has no effect Selecting any other value from the drop down list will overwrite the custom value in the registry E EQ MX7WMRG A 262 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Global Parameters Global Parameters Range Bofouit met O OO If signal strength is less than this trigger value the client looks for a different Roam Trigger 65 dBm Access Point with a stronger signal Options are 50 dBm 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 dBm or Custom The amount by which a differ
265. score E EQ MX7WMRG A 328 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Hat Encoding Hat Encoded Characters Hex AE through FF Desired Hex Val Hat ASCII lina Encoded E EQ MX7WMRG A 329 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Any messages whose first word is an ing word is output prior to the action described in the message For example Switching to admin hotkey press is logged after the administrator has pressed the hotkey but prior to starting the switch process For all operations that can result in an error an Error level message is displayed when a failure occurs These messages contain the word failure These messages have a partner Extended level message that is logged which contains the word OK if the action completed successfully rather than with an error For processing level messages Enter is logged at the beginning of the function specified in the message and Exit is logged at the end just before the return of the function specified in the message Message Explanation and or corrective action Level Error reading hotkey The hotkey is read but not required by AppLock LOG EX Error reading hotkey A hotkey is required If there is a failure reading the hotkey the internal factory default is using default used App Command Line ai l LOG 26 KIRA lines Command line of the application being locked PROCESSING App Application l LOG NAAN Name of the app
266. se or browse away from this tab Important The settings for Auth Type EAP Type and Encryption depend on the security type chosen E EQ MX7WMRG A 256 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Profile Parameters Profile Parameters A string of 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters establishes the name of the Profile Edit Profile Default Options are Default or ThirdParty Config A string of up to 32 alphanumeric characters Establishes the Service Set Identifier SSID of the SSID Blank WLAN to which the client connects A string of up to 16 characters The client name is assigned to the network card and the device using Client l Rame Blank the network card The client name may be passed to networking wireless devices e g Access Points Power save mode is On Power Fast Options are Constantly Awake Mode CAM power save off Maximum power saving mode and Save Fast power saving mode When using power management LXE recommends using FAST for best throughput results l Maximum setting regulates Tx power to the Max power setting for the current regulatory domain Tx Power Maximum l Options are Maximum 50mW 30mW 20mW 10mW 5mW or 1mW Setting the rate to Auto will allow the Access Point to automatically negotiate the bit rate with the Bit Rate Auto client device This parameter cannot be changed 802 11 authentication type used when associating with the Access Point Auth Type Options are Open LEAP o
267. se the Successful Export message Locate the User Certificate in the specified location Copy to the MX7 Tecton Install the user certificate Installing a User Certificate After generating and exporting the user certificate copy it from the PC to the MX7 Tecton Copy the certificate to a location on the MX7 Tecton such as a storage card or the System folder Locate the certificate file it has a PFX extension and tap on it You are prompted for the password that was assigned when the certificate was exported Enter the password and tap Done A message is displayed that the certificate installation was successful You can view any installed user certificates by selecting Start Settings System and tapping the Certificates icon Installed user certificates are displayed on the Personal tab E EQ MX7WMRG A 300 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Keymaps Remember Sticky keys are also known as second function keys Ctl Ctrl Alt Shft Blue and Orange keys are sticky keys Sticky keys do not need to be held down before pressing the next or desired key It is valid to use combined modifiers on specific keys The key mapping in this section relates to the physical key pad See the Input Panel for the Virtual or Soft Key pad used with the stylus 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Delete e The following keymap is used on an MX7 Tecton that is NOT running an LXE Terminal Emulator LXE termi
268. sent e f not the registry entry is ignored e fitis present and the Installed flag is not set auto launch makes a copy of the CAB file since it gets deleted by installation and runs the Microsoft utility WCELOAD to install it 3 Ifthe Installed flag is set auto launch looks for the FileCheck file e fitis present the CAB file is installed and that registry entry is complete e If the FileCheck file is not present memory has been lost and the utility calls WCELOAD to reinstall the CAB file 4 This process repeats for the next entry in the registry until all registry entries are analyzed E EQ MX7WMRG A 201 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Registry Based Launch Items Notes To force execution every time use a FileCheck of dummy which is never found forcing the item to execute If an AUTOEXEC BAT file is found the terminal runs it by default For persist keys specifying EXE or BAT files the executing process is started and then Launch continues leaving the loading process to run independently For other persist keys including CAB files Launch waits for the loading process to complete before continuing This is important for example to ensure that a CAB file is installed before the EXE files from the CAB file are run The Order field is used to force a sequence of events Order 0 is first and Order 99 is last Two items which have the same order are installed in the same pass but not
269. sert Separator Check Character Required When enabled the check character is required Default is disabled Transmit When enabled the check character is transmitted Default is disabled Transmit Start Stop Character When enabled the start stop characters are transmitted Default is disabled Full ASCII When enabled full ASCII interpretation is used Default is disabled Append When enabled append and buffer codes that start with a space Default is disabled Transmit Check Character When enabled transmit the check character Default is enabled Addenda Read 2 Digit When enabled transmit the 2 digit addenda Default is disabled Read 5 Digit When enable transmit the 5 digit addenda Default is disabled Required When enabled only transmit barcodes with a 2 or 5 digit addenda Default is disabled Insert Separator When enabled insert a space between the code and addenda Default is enabled E EQ MX7WMRG A 113 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Advanced HHP Only EAN 13 AE Start Pd ENTE Advanced Properties ok X Transmit Check Character When enabled transmit the check character C Default is disabled ddenda Addenda Read Digit Read 2 Digit When enabled transmit the 2 digit addenda Default is Read 5 Digit disabled _ Required Read 5 Digit When enable transmit the 5 digit addenda Default is disabled
270. should be authenticating the server certificate and using PEAP GTC for the user authentication Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network Note The date must be properly set on the device to authenticate a certificate E EQ MX7WMRG A 281 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide WPA LEAP WPA LEAP To use WPA LEAP make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to LEAP e Set Encryption to WPA TKIP e Set Auth Type as follows e Ifthe Cisco CCX certified AP is configured for open authentication set the Auth Type radio parameter to Open e Ifthe AP is configured to use shared key or passphrase set the Auth Type radio parameter to Shared e Ifthe AP is configured for network EAP only set the Auth Type radio parameter to LEAP To use another encryption type select WPA CCKM WPA2 AES or WPA2 CCKM for encryption and complete other entries as detailed in this section AF Summit Client Utility ORE OK Edit Profile Default SDC Encryption EAP Type WPA TRID LEAP Main Profile Status Diags Global WPA LEAP Profile Configuration See Sign On vs Stored Credentials for information on entering credentials To use Stored Credentials click on the Credentials button No entries are necessary for Si
271. spaces are ignored between the comma and the next parameter For Example To delete a file called Ive got commas in my name txt use the command delete Ive got commas in my name txt Enclosing quotes are used to allow commas inside a parameter but are removed prior to executing the command Thus delete deleteme txt is the same as delete deleteme txt If a parameter requires a quote mark within it the whole parameter must first be enclosed within quote marks and the required quote mark is represented by two quote marks For example to place the message This is how you display quote marks on the screen use the command message This is a heading This is how you display quote marks The case of a command is ignored so delete is the same as DELETE and DeLeTe Comments Any line that starts with a semicolon a slash or an asterisk 7 is treated as a comment and ignored by Launch Launch also ignores any extra parameters more than the required number in a command It is not recommended that comments be placed on the end of lines as any future changes could render your script files incompatible Blank lines are also ignored E EQ MX7WMRG A 205 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch Commands Supported by Launch Copy ElselfFlile lfFile Mkdir Delete Endlf IfTerm Rmdir DelRegData EndlfFile Launch SetRegData DelRegKey EndlfTerm LaunchC mad SetRegKey
272. ssword or PIN set enter the password PIN and tap Unlock If several unsuccessful attempts are made the MX7 Tecton may be configured to display a password hint E EQ MX7WMRG A 8 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Reboot Sequences Reboot Sequences When the Windows Mobile Today panel is displayed or an application begins the power up sequence is complete If you have previously saved your settings they will be restored on reboot Application panel changes are saved when ok is tapped on an application properties panel Note There is no Warm Boot Warm Start Warm Reset as used in other versions of Microsoft operating systems function available for Windows Mobile devices Suspend resume performs the equivalent function During the processes that follow there may be small delays while the wireless client connects to the network and Bluetooth relationships establish or re establish Suspend Resume Quickly tapping the Power key places the MX7 Tecton in Suspend mode Quickly tapping the Power key again pressing any key pressing the trigger on the trigger handle or tapping the touchscreen returns the MX7 Tecton from Suspend Or Hold down the Power key and then the Enter key until the screen blanks Release the keys and the MX7 Tecton resumes Cold Boot Restart Temporary data not saved is lost All programs are re launched programs installed from CAB files are reinstalled Previously saved user settings are restore
273. stalling the new battery press the Power key Full operational recovery from Suspend can take several seconds while the client is reestablishing a network link If the internal battery depletes before a fully charged main battery can be inserted the MX7 Tecton will turn Off E EQ MX7WMRG A 22 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Low Battery Warning Low Battery Warning It is recommended that the main battery pack be removed and replaced when its energy depletes When the main battery Low Battery Warning appears the Status LED remains a steady red perform an orderly shut down minimizing the operation of any installed devices and insuring any information is saved that should be saved Super cap Internal Battery The MX7 Tecton has an internal battery that is designed to provide limited duration electrical power in the event of main battery failure The energy needed to maintain the internal battery near full charge at all times is drawn from the MX7 Tecton main battery It takes 5 minutes or less to fully charge the internal battery The duration of internal battery life is dependent upon operation of the MX7 Tecton its features and any operating applications The internal battery has a minimum service life of two years The Super cap internal battery is replaced by LXE Handling Batteries Safely e Never dispose of a battery in a fire This may cause an explosion e Donot replace individual cells in a battery pack e Donot
274. sted Store e Toselect an individual certificate click on the Browse button e Uncheck the Use full trusted store checkbox e Select the desired certificate and click Select You are returned to the Credentials screen If using the Certs Path option e Leave the Use MS store box unchecked e Enter the certificate filename in the CA Cert textbox Click OK then click Commit The MX7 Tecton should be authenticating the server certificate and using EAP TLS for the user authentication Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network See Certificates for information on generating a Root CA certificate or a User certificate Note The date must be properly set on the device to authenticate a certificate E EQ MX7WMRG A 288 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide WPA PSK WPA PSK To connect using WPA PSK make sure the following profile options are used e Enter the SSID of the Access Point assigned to this profile e Set EAP Type to None e Set Encryption to WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK e Set Auth Type to Open 29 Summit Client Utility OLI de Edit Profile pela Encryption EAP Type Main Profile Status Diags Global WPA PSK Profile Configuration E EQ MX7WMRG A 289 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide WPA PSK Click the WEP keys PSKs button 2 Summit Client Utilit
275. sts of the LXE build number plus the date and time of compile in lieu of a build number These version numbers are stored in non volatile storage where the user cannot inadvertently modify them A Settings panel and API are provided so the user can reference the version numbers for support purposes The MX7 Tecton has a unique 128 bit ID code as required by the Windows Mobile specification This ID number is generated by the boot loader This ID code is available in the About LXE settings panel and via a Win32 standard API In addition an API is provided to return a standard LXE copyright string so that applications may reference this to be sure they are running on an LXE mobile device for licensing purposes Boot Loader The MX7 Tecton supports a proprietary boot loader It is the responsibility of the boot loader to e Initialize all system hardware e Initiate OS startup e Handle wakeup from system suspend loading saved state The MX7 Tecton starts the OS every time during sus pend resume or cold boot Startup Folders and Launch Sequences The MX7 Tecton operating system uses two startup folders e User applications placed in the Windows Startup folder automatically run during a reboot They are deleted upon a clean boot e User applications placed in the System folder automatically run during a reboot E EQ MX7WMRG A 26 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Today Screen Today Screen For general use instr
276. sword blank No entries are necessary on the Credentials screen for LEAP or LEAP WPA 2 For PEAP MSCHAP and PEAP GTC importing the CA certificate into the Windows certificate store is optional 3 For EAP TLS import the CA certificate into the Windows certificate store Also import the User Certificate into the Win dows certificate store 4 Access the Credentials screen again Make sure the Validate server and Use MS store checkboxes are checked 5 The default is to use the entire certificate store for the CA certificate Alternatively use the Browse button next to the CA Cert CA Certificate Filename on the Credentials screen to select an individual certificate 6 For EAP TLS also enter the User Cert User Certificate filename on the credentials screen by using the Browse but ton 7 Click the OK button then the Commit button When the device attempts to connect to the network a sign on screen is displayed 9 Enter the Username and Password Click the OK button Oo 29 Summit Client Utility Ge a Sign On Screen 10 Verify the device is authenticated by reviewing the Status tab When the device is property configured the Status Tab indicates the device is Authenticated and the method used 11 The sign on screen is displayed after a reboot Note See Configuring the Profile for more details If a user enters invalid credentials and clicks OK the device associates but does not authenticate The user is again prompte
277. t Delay between buffers ms Enable only in Remote Desktop Notification Data Options Processing Rm Processing Tab Wait between keys Specifies the number of milliseconds to delay after each character in the scanned barcode is processed as a keystroke This value may need to be adjusted depending on the network traffic in the environment The default value is 75 ms Valid value is from O to 9999 A zero value is No Delay between characters Only in Remote Desktop The delay specified in Wait between keys is only applied when Remote Desktop is enabled and is the application with the input focus When disabled all keystrokes are delayed by the number of milliseconds specified in Wait between keys E EQ MX7WMRG A 131 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide About Tab About Tab The About tab lists the version of the Data Collection Wedge DCWedge software and the type of scanner imager installed in the MX7 Tecton RE Start en Data Collection D Wedge Version DOWPWME 1Bv Copyright 2005 7009 LXE Inc Scanner Symbol SE 1524ER Data Options Processing About Symbol Scanner Ay Start tex GC Data Collection OC Wedge Version DWP MB 6w Copyright 2005 2009 LXE Inc Scanner HHF Data Options Processing About HHP Imager About Tab Valid scanner imager types HHP Hand Held Products 5300 2D Imager Symbol Symbol SE9551 Symbol Symbol SE955E Symbol Symbol SE1524
278. t Shft Shft K o sh o JR sa Ba pA CU a KK E EQ MX7WMRG A 316 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Backspace To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order Be helo Lo a E EQ MX7WMRG A 317 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 key Alphanumeric Keymap Primary Backspace To get this Key Function Press these Keys in this Order o Co PT E EQ MX7WMRG A 318 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 32 key Numeric Alpha Keymap 32 key Numeric Alpha Keymap e The following keymap is used on an MX7 Tecton that is NOT running an LXE Terminal Emulator LXE terminal emu lators use a separate keymap e When using a sequence of keys that require an alpha key first press the Alph key Use the Shft sticky key or the Caps key sequence Blue Tab for upper case alphabetic characters e Dressing the Alph key forces Alpha mode for the 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 and 9 keys The 1 and O keys continue to place a 1 and O into the text field e Tocreate a combination of numbers and letters before pressing Enter remember to tap the Alph key to toggle between Alpha and Numeric mode e When using a sequence of keys that do not include the Alph key but does include a sticky key press the sticky key first then the rest of the key sequence e Dressing the Power key when in any sticky mode Blue Orange Shift etc either turns the device On when Off or
279. t in the Symbology drop down box so the user can tell which symbologies have been modified from their defaults If a particular symbology has been configured the entire set of parameters from that symbologies screen are in effect for that symbology In other words either the settings for the configured symbology will be used or the default settings are used not a combination of the two If asymbology has not been configured does not have an next to it the settings for All are used which is not necessarily the default E EQ MX7WMRG A 104 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Enable Min Max Enable Min Max Enable This checkbox enables checked or disables unchecked the symbology field The scanner driver searches the beginning of the barcode data for the type of ID specified in the Data Options tab Enable Code ID field plus any custom identifiers When a code ID match is found as the scanner driver processes incoming barcode data if the symbology is disabled the barcode is rejected Otherwise the other settings in the dialog are applied and the barcode is processed If the symbology is disabled all other fields on this dialog are dimmed If there are customized settings uncheck the Enable checkbox for the All symbology This results in disabling all symbologies except the customized ones Min This field specifies the minimum length that the barcode data not including Code ID must meet to be pro
280. t the end user with information graphically Placement of information on the screen displays may be split between one or many tabbed panels Standard Avalanche Enabler parameters that are not supported by LXE may be missing or dimmed visible but unable to be edited on the tabbed panels or screen displays E EQ MX7WMRG A 226 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Enabler Configuration Enabler Configuration f IS Enabler Settings Icon The Enabler user interface application is launched by clicking either the Enabler Settings icon on the desktop or Taskbar or by selecting Avalanche Enabler from the Programs menu The opening screen presents the MX7 Tecton user with the connection status and a navigation menu File View Help Update complete lUpdate complete Avalanche Enabler Opening Screen Note Some parameters and features described in this section may not be available if you are not running the latest version of the Enabler Contact your LXE representative for upgrades E EQ MX7WMRG A 227 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide File Menu Options File Menu Options The Connect option under the File menu allows the user to initiate a manual connection to the Mobile Device Connect Server The connection methods by default are wireless and COM connections Any updates available will be applied to the MX7 Tecton immediately upon a successful connection Note LXE does not support the Scan
281. tal settings during a critical shutdown Note An uninterrupted external power source wall AC adapters transfers power to the MX7 Tecton s internal charging circuitry which in turn recharges the main battery and Super cap battery Frequent connection to an external power source if feasible is recommended to maintain main battery charge status as the Super cap battery cannot be recharged by a dead or missing main battery E EQ MX7WMRG A 11 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide COM Ports COM Ports The MX7 Tecton has one mini D 20 pin serial port a multifunction lO port that can be configured by the user It has a power input interface to allow powering the MX7 Tecton from an external source AC DC power supply or vehicle power The power input interface range is 10 18VDC RS 232 Serial Port Configured as COM1 Bi directional full duplex and supports data rates up to 115 Kb s The port does not have RI or CD signals nor does it support 5V switchable power on pin 9 for tethered scanners The serial port driver supports full duplex communications over the serial port It supports data exchange via ActiveSync but does not automatically start ActiveSync when connected The Cable Multipurpose RS 232 and Power and Adapter RS 232 terminal port to D9 maleaccessories can be used with the RS 232 serial port External AC power is available when the multipurpose RS 232 Power cable is connected External AC power is not available for
282. te When Strip Code ID is enabled the entire custom Code ID string is stripped i e treated as a Code ID EE Start Custom IDs Custom Identifiers After adding changing and removing items from the Custom IDs list tap the ok button to save changes and return to the Barcode panel E EQ MX7WMRG A 123 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Custom Identifiers Parameters Name text box Name is the descriptor that is used to identify the custom Code ID Names must be unique from each other however the Name and ID Code may have the same value Name is used in the Symbology drop down box to identify the custom Code ID in a user friendly manner Both Name and ID Code must be specified in order to add a custom Code ID to the Custom IDs list ID Code text box ID Code defines the data at the beginning of a barcode that acts as an identifier the actual Code ID Both Name and ID Code must be specified in order to add a custom Code ID to the Custom IDs list Entering data into both the Name and ID Code fields enables the Add button Tap the Add button and the data is added to the next empty location in the Custom ID list Tap on an empty line in the Custom ID list The Add button changes to Insert Enter data into both the Name and ID Code fields and tap the Insert button The data is added to the selected line in the Custom IDs list Buttons Edit Double tap on the item to edit Its values are copied to the
283. ted authenticated Access Point is 51 dBm to 70 dBm d The signal strength for the currently associated authenticated Access Point is greater than 50 dBm More information on Bluetooth can be found in the Bluetooth settings section Soft Keys Soft Keys are displayed at the bottom of the Today screen The keys displayed vary by the active screen application The soft keys generally provide menus for the selected application By default on the Today screen the left Soft Key Calendar can also be accessed by pressing F 1 and the right Soft Key Contacts can be accessed by pressing F2 The assignments for the Soft Keys can be edited by selecting Start Settings Personal Buttons E EQ MX7WMRG A 30 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Installed Programs Installed Programs Additional information on installed programs is listed below Internet Explorer Mobile Start Internet Explorer Mobile This browser is a subset of and is compatible with IE 7 0 as might be installed on a desktop PC Internet Explorer Mobile has two viewing modes Reading mode and Overview mode For information on general configuration options please see the Windows Mobile help system on the MX7 Tecton or other commercially available Internet Explorer configuration resources Tap the IE Menu soft key on the lower right and select Tools Options to set up the default home page view browsing history setup privacy and security preferred langu
284. ted on the battery charger label on the bottom of the device Contact your LXE representative if your MX7 Tecton battery charger firmware needs to be upgraded The Battery Charger and AC adapter are not designed to operate in a freezer or cold storage environment Please refer to the MX7T Battery Charger Guide for instruction and technical information Hot swapping the Cold Storage Battery The Cold Storage mobile device with a fully charged internal battery retains data during a main battery hot swap at 30 C 22 F for at least 90 seconds The temperature of the fully charged replacement Cold Storage main battery must be 10 C 14 F or above Normal Operation Temperature Ranges e Inthe freezer where the temperature ranges between 30 C to 18 C 22 F to 0 F e Inthe loading dock where temperature ranges between 0 C to 5 C 32 F to 41 F with the relative humidity at 65 e Moving between the freezer and a loading unloading area where the temperature transitions from 30 C to 5 C 22 F to 41 F E EQ MX7WMRG A 20 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Power Power Modes On Mode The Display When the display is On e the keypad touchscreen and all peripherals function normally e the display backlight and keypad backlight are on until the Backlight timer expires The MX7 Tecton After a new MX7 Tecton has been received a charged main battery inserted and the Power key tapped the MX7 Tect
285. tering Hotkey MSG Explanation and or corrective action Processing the hotkey and backdoor entry Processing the hotkey and backdoor entry When the administrator changes the hotkey configuration the hotkey controller must be notified This notification failed The user just pressed the configured hotkey In addition to preventing the locked application from exiting AppLock must also prevent the application from enabling the taskbar and resizing the application s window This message traps a change in the window size and corrects it In addition to preventing the locked application from exiting AppLock must also prevent the application from enabling the taskbar and resizing the application s window This message traps a change in the window position and corrects it AppLock is calling the keyboard hook initialization The keyboard filter initialization failed The keyboard hook dil exists and loaded successfully Processing the backdoor entry When AppLock first loads it loads a dll that contains the keyboard hook processing This message is logged prior to the load attempt The status information is being saved to a file and the file open has failed This could occur if the file is write protected If the file does not exist itis created If the Administration registry key does not exist the switch to user mode fails because the AppName value in the Administration key is not available The status information is being sav
286. th barcode readers E EQ MX7WMRG A 85 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide MX7 Tecton with Label MX7 Tecton with Label If the MX7 Tecton has a Bluetooth address barcode label attached follow these steps 1 2 On Fw Scan the Bluetooth address barcode label attached to the MX7 Tecton with the LXE Bluetooth mobile scanner If this is the first time the Bluetooth scanner has scanned the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth label the devices are paired See section titled Bluetooth Beep and LED Indications If the devices do not pair successfully go to the next step Open the LXEZ Pairing panel Start Settings System Bluetooth Tap Discover Locate the Bluetooth scanner in the Discovery panel Double tap the stylus on the Bluetooth scanner The right mouse click menu appears Select Pair as Scanner to pair the MX7 Tecton with the Bluetooth mobile scanner The devices are paired The Bluetooth barcode reader responds with a series of beeps and an LED flashes Refer to the following section titled Bluetooth Beep and LED Indications Note After scanning the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth label if there is no beep and no LED flash from the Bluetooth device the devices are currently paired E EQ MX7WMRG A 86 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide MX7 Tecton without Label MX7 Tecton without Label If the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth address barcode label does not exist follow these steps to create a unique Blue
287. that require a license Contact your LXE representative for software updates and releases as they become available 22 License Manager a qm License Manager Factory Enable Ind Invalid License Invalid Date of Manufacture Service Contract Ind SN 0 GUID OO1F 100 400 7 0108 4035 0040FD03F 1E1 Software and driver version information is located in the About panel Copyright information is located in the Copyright panel E EQ MX7WMRG A 136 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Managed Programs Managed Programs Start Settings System Managed Programs This panel displays the install history for NET managed programs The list is read only ae Managed Programs ei sj c OK Installation History No Managed Programs have been installed Details Managed Programs Settings See Remove Programs on page 148 Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right comer to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 137 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Memory Memory Start Settings System Memory These panels report the current state of virtual memory Main iE Settings Storage Program Total 186 45 MB Total 225 02 ME Inuse 7 47 ME In use 7 95 ME Free 176 98 MB Free 197 97 ME Main Storage Card Find large files using storage memory Memory Settings Main Pan
288. that uses GPS will need to communicate with this port GDS program port Programs Hardware Access se Settings Specify the hardware port to which your GPS device is connected For more information see the GPS device manufacturer s documentation GPS hardware port None Baud rate Programs Hardware Access External GPS Settings Programs Panel and Hardware Panel E EQ MX7WMRG A 134 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Access Access ME settings em c Windows Mobile manages access to your GPS device and allows multiple programs to obtain GPS data simultaneously IF you clear this check box some programs may not be able to obtain GPS data Manage GPS automatically recommended Programs Hardware Access External GPS Settings Access Panel 2 Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the a X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 135 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide License Manager License Manager Start Settings System License Manager Use this option to view software license registration details and service contract length for purchased software installed on the MX7 Tecton Note Following image is a sample screen Your License Manager panel may show more tabs e g RF Term depending on the number of software applications running on the MX7 Tecton
289. the MX7 Tecton The requesting Bluetooth device does not need to have been Discovered by the MX7 Tecton before the pairing request is received Tap the Accept button or the Decline button to remove the dialog box from the screen Note In some cases if a Bluetooth device is already paired this setting cannot be changed If this is the case an error message is displayed and the option is not changed The Bluetooth device must be disconnected before changing this setting This option is Disabled unchecked by default When enabled checked the Bluetooth connection never stops searching for a device it has paired with when the connection is broken such as the paired device entering Suspend mode going out of range or being turned off When disabled after being enabled the MX7 Tecton stops searching after 30 minutes This option draws power from the Main Battery This option is Enabled checked by default Determines whether the Bluetooth client discovers and displays all serial Bluetooth devices in the vicinity Filtered Mode is disabled unchecked or the discovery result displays Bluetooth scanners and printers only Filtered Mode is enabled checked When Filtered Mode is disabled the MX7 Tecton can pair with up to four Bluetooth devices A Restart is required every time Filtered Mode is toggled on and off This option is Disabled unchecked by default This option assigns Bluetooth printer connection to COM9 instead of C
290. the MX7 Tecton during the Discover process At the end of the Discover process and when Filtered Mode is disabled unchecked serial Bluetooth devices as well as Bluetooth scanners and printers are displayed in the Device table When Filtered Mode is enabled checked only Bluetooth scanners and printers are displayed in the Device table Discover Tap the Discover button to locate all discoverable Bluetooth devices in the vicinity The Discovery process also queries for the unique identifier of each device discovered 29 LXEZ Pairing Kd NE aea Bluetoo Discovering Bluetooth devices Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect Tap Stop at any time to end the Discover and Query for Unique Identifier functions Note When an active paired device enters Suspend Mode is turned Off or leaves the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth scanning range the Bluetooth connection between the paired device and the MX7 Tecton is lost There may be audible or visual signals as paired devices disconnect from the MX7 Tecton 1No more than 32 80 feet 10 meters line of sight in a quiet environment E EQ MX7WMRG A 75 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Discover Bluetooth Device List Ag LXE Pairing tod FH Name lasta Blustoo Printer01 E Printerdz F Scanner0 1 5canner0z Clear Discover Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect is fl The discovered paired devices may or may not be identified with an icon Disco
291. the User Certificate into the Win dows certificate store Access the Credentials screen again Make sure the Validate server and Use MS store checkboxes are checked The default is to use the entire certificate store for the CA certificate Alternatively use the Browse button next to the CA Cert CA Certificate Filename on the Credentials screen to select an individual certificate For EAP TLS also enter the User Cert User Certificate filename on the credentials screen by using the Browse but ton If using EAP FAST and manual PAC provisioning input the PAC filename and password Click the OK button then the Commit button If changes are made to the stored credentials click Commit to save those changes before making any additional changes to the profile or global parameters Verify the device is authenticated by reviewing the Status tab When the device is property configured the Status tab indicates the device is Authenticated and the method used Note See Configuring the Profile for more details Note If invalid credentials are entered into the stored credentials the authentication will fail No error message is displayed The user may or may not be prompted to enter valid credentials E EQ MX7WMRG A 267 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide How to Use Sign On Screen How to Use Sign On Screen 1 After completing the other entries in the profile click on the Credentials button Leave the Username and Pas
292. the configuration Tap the Clear button to clear the status information from the registry e None e Error e Processing e Extended e All Save As When the Save As button is selected a standard Save As dialog screen is displayed Specify the path and filename If the filename exists the user is promoted whether the file should be overwritten If the file does not exist it is created See AppLock Error Messages on page 330 Troubleshooting AppLock The mobile device won t switch from Administration mode to end user mode e If the configuration is valid for one application but not the other the switch to end user mode fails AppLock stays in Administration mode and is stopped until the Administrator password is entered e f two copies of the same application are configured but the application only allows one copy to run at a time for exam ple Microsoft Pocket Word and LXE RFTerm the switch to end user fails AppLock stays in Administration mode and is stopped until the Administrator password is entered The hotkey sequence needed is not allowed What does this mean When the Administrator is selecting a hotkey sequence to use when switching user modes they are not allowed to enter key combinations that are reserved by installed software applications LXE has validated RFTerm key combinations ONLY When RFTerm is installed on the mobile device and an RF Term restricted key sequence is specified as a hotkey sequence by th
293. the device When the hotkey is pressed to switch into Administrator mode a password prompt is displayed if a password has been configured A password must be entered within 30 seconds and within three tries or the password prompt is removed and the device remains in end user mode with the focus returned to the locked application Without entry of a valid password the switch into Administrator mode will not occur The password prompt is displayed if a password has been configured When the valid password is entered the Administration panel is displayed When a valid password is not entered within 30 seconds the user is retumed to the System Panel If a password has not been configured the Administrator panel is displayed Important Before setting up multiple instances of the same application make sure the targeted software application will allow two instances to run at the same time E EQ MX7WMRG A 185 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Application Panel Application Panel a Administration rang i C Administration ok X Application Security Options Status Application iene JE Title Order bo Icon Ka Internet Meni Status Com er cn Global ter Ctrl Spac e Input Panel APLEKP WMB2Db Application Panel Note AppLock cannot support multiple windows of some applications Attempting to open multiple windows of RFTerm or Pocket Word will cause AppLock to switch to administra
294. the mobile device is included in this list and the list varies depending on the applications loaded on the MX7 Tecton The LXE Image line displays the revision of the system software installed Refer to the last three digits to determine the revision level MAC Address The Network IP tab displays the MAC address of the network card E EQ MX7WMRG A 57 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Buttons Buttons Start Settings Personal Buttons Program Buttons Program buttons can be used to assign functions to certain keys such as F1 through F5 and the diamond keys Buttons can only be assigned to programs that have an icon in the Start menu or the Settings folder including sub folders A program that is not in the above mentioned locations does not show up in the list here Note The button links to the shortcut to the program not the executable file Note The System Administrator uses the Buttons setting panels to assign a Status User key and a Status Admin key on the Status Popup panel Factory Default Settings F3 F4 F5 D1 D2 D3 lt None gt 28 Settings eo ca 1 Select a button FE Contacts Contacts Em Calendar Calendar Tasks Tasks 2 Assign a program Contacts Program Buttons Up Down Control Buttons Settings Program Buttons Panel To assign a button 1 Tap to highlight the desired button 2 Select the program or shortcut from the Assign a program pulldown box 3 Tapo
295. ting ActiveSync 22 eee eee eee ee 198 Troubleshooting AppLock 194 Turn On Bluetooth e eee ee eee 19 U UNIOGK dened olegodeaseeaeveauwodededesensanlbeete 8 Update Preparation 2 22 c cece c cece cece e eee eeeee 35 Update Hrocedure 2 2 2 cece eee eee cece cee eeeee 35 Update tab 232 Update Window Display 236 USB connection 00000000000000000000000000000nnnni 195 USB to HC 161 User Certificates Generating ses iissees aan saca Eibasd demand Es MsE Sadi das a 296 Installing on MX WM aooaa nn 300 User Interface 00 0002 cece eee eee eee eee 226 Using eXpress SCan 2 2222 2 eee eee eeee eee ceeeeeee 243 Using LXEComnaect 022 22 e eee eee eee eee 199 Using Remote Management 2 242 V Valid scanner imager types ci eee eee eee 132 Versions 57 Vibration Good scan and bad Scan eee ee eee 98 Volume and Sounds default values 53 W Warmboot 2 2 2 2 22 cece ee eee eee ee ee ee ee eee 147 WAV files added by the user 33 Wavelink Avalanche Mobility Center User s Guide 229 Wavelink Product License 222 WER AR PU a RS ani 272 Wi Fi 154 E EQ MX7WMRG A 342 Window Display OOUOnS 236 Windows Certificate Store vs Certs Path 269 Windows Mobile Wireless Managel 249 Wireless
296. tings OK Preferences Display Taskbar Exe Administration Keep settings unlocked For 10 min Application Startup Monitor For Updat lt Shutdown Monitor For Updat lt Activity Log Log Level na Activity Log Preferences Options Administration By default Keep settings unlocked for 10 minutes is disabled checkbox is blank Application Default value Monitor for Updates The following options are available for startup and shutdown monitoring e Do not Monitor When the device boots do not launch the Enabler application and do not attempt to connect to the Mobile Device Server Startup only e Monitor for Updates Attempt to connect to the Mobile Device Server and process any updates that are available Do not launch the Enabler application e Launch User Interface Attempt to connect to the Mobile Device Server and process any updates that are available Launch the Enabler application Startup only e Exit Application The system administrator can control whether the Enabler continues to monitor the Mobile Device Server for updates once the Enabler application is exited Shutdown only Activity Log Default value No Activity Log Use this option to control the level of log kept while Enabler is running E EQ MX7WMRG A 233 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Taskbar Taskbar LXE recommends using LXE AppLock to manage the taskbar AppLock is resident on each
297. tion mode Use the Application tab options to select the applications to launch when the device boots up in End user Mode If no application is specified when the Administrator Panel is closed the MX7 Tecton reboots into Administrator mode If a password has been set but an application has not been specified the user will be prompted for the password before entering administration mode The password prompt remains on the display until a valid password is entered Default is blank Move the cursor to the Filename text box and either type the application path or tap Filename the Browse button the button The standard Windows Browse dialog is displayed After selecting the application from the Browse dialog tap OK Title Default is blank Enter the Title to be associated with the application The assumption is that multiple copies of the same application may need unique titles in order to differentiate them in the Switchpad Default is blank Enter the command line parameters for the application in the Arguments text box Oder Default is 1 Enter the Order in which the application is to be loaded or presented to the end user Applications are launched in lowest to highest number order and do not need to be sequential Default is Disabled Enable the Internet checkbox to use the End user Internet Explorer EUIE EXE Internet When the checkbox is enabled the Internet Menu and Internet Status are available See the section titled End user Inter
298. to determine if the commands should be executed Example IfFile System MyData dat any number of commands executed 1f file exists ElselfFile any number of commands executed 1f file does not exist EndIfFile Notes If the file already exists the commands are executed This test does not care if file is a file or directory Nesting is supported E EQ MX7WMRG A 212 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Commands Supported by Launch IfTerm Description Begins the conditional execution of a block of commands only if the terminal matches the specified terminal type Syntax IfTerm terminal Parameters terminal The terminal type to determine if the commands should be executed Example IfTerm MX3X any number of commands EndIfTerm Notes If the terminal type is identical not case dependent the commands are executed Nesting with IfFile is supported Nesting with IfTerm is meaningless Description Runs a program Syntax Launch program wait code Parameters program The full path and filename of the program to be run wait code Tells Launch how to behave when the program is running w ait causes Launch to stop processing the script until the program has finished executing c ontinue makes Launch continue processing the script while the program is executing Example launch Windows Calc exe w Notes This differs from LaunchC md in that Launch has no parameters E EQ MX7WMRG A 213 MX7 Tecton
299. tooth address barcode for the MX7 Tecton First locate the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth address by tapping Start Settings System Bluetooth About tab My ixEZParingo FT a Computer Friendly Name LXE BT Terminal Bluetooth Address OO 40 FO 05 F1 06 BTS version 1 0 BTORPYWEIT iit Bluetooth Stack Revision 2 1 Copyright 2006 2007 LEE Inc The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG Inc pairing label example Settings Reconnect About About Tab and Bluetooth Address Next create a Bluetooth address barcode label for the MX7 Tecton The format for the barcode label is as follows e Barcode type must be Code 128 e FNC3 character followed by string Uppercase L lowercase n lowercase k uppercase B and then the Bluetooth address 12 hex digits no colons For example LnkB0400fd002031 Create and print the label Scan the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth address barcode label with the Bluetooth barcode reader The devices are paired The Bluetooth barcode reader responds with a series of beeps and LED flashes Note After scanning the MX7 Tecton Bluetooth label if there is no beep and no LED flash from the Bluetooth device the devices are currently paired See Bluetooth Reader Beep and LED Indications on page 88 1Free barcode creation software is available for download on the World Wide Web Search using the keywords barcode create E EQ MX7WMRG A 87 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Re
300. tore on the MX7 Tecton mm 2 Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 91 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Customer Feedback Customer Feedback Start Settings System Customer Feedback 2 Settings sd c Customer Feedback ou can make Windows Mobile software better by participating in the Customer Experience Improvement Program If vou participate information about how vou use Windows Mobile software will be sent to Microsoft This helps identity trends and usage patterns in order to improve the software This data does not intentionally include any information that could be used to identity or contact you Information wil be sent over Wi Fi ActiveSync or PS CO Send Feedback Recommended cy Don t Send Feedback Customer Feedback Settings Elect to send feedback as part of Microsoft s Customer Experience Improvement Program The default is Don t Send Feedback In order to send feedback the MX7 Tecton must have Internet access Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top nght corner to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 92 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Data Collection Data Collection Start Settings System Data Co
301. uction please refer to commercially available Windows Mobile user guides or the Windows Mobile on line Help on the MX7 Tecton Note Whenever possible use the AC power adapter with the MX7 Tecton to conserve the main battery and to ensure the internal battery is charged The main screen for the MX7 Tecton is known as the Today screen The Today screen shows various options and status icons The Today screen appearance is configurable by selecting Start Settings Today Both the appearance of the Today screen and the items displayed may be configured ME Start Monday f February 22 7011 Getting Started Tap here to set owner informal No unread messages Start menu Configurable Today screen listing Notification Bar Status icons Soft Keys Bl Fob lr B fa oe No upcoming appointments Oba KO IN s3 Calendar Contacts Today Screen Components E EQ MX7WMRG A 27 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Start Menu Start Menu The Start menu consists of applications and folders e Selecting an application from the menu starts that application e Selecting a folder opens a window displaying the contents of the folder e Selecting Settings displays the Settings panels by category e Selecting Help displays context sensitive help The contents displayed in the help window vary depending on the screen displayed before Help was accessed Programs not appearing on the Start menu can be accessed by using the
302. uide Buttons Notes e When Strip Code ID see Symbology panel is not enabled the code ID is sent as part of the barcode data to an appli cation e When Strip Code ID see Symbology panel is enabled the entire Code ID string is stripped i e treated as a Code ID e UPC EAN Codes only The Code ID for supplemental barcodes is not stripped e When Enable Code ID is set to AIM Symbol or HHP Custom Code IDs appear at the end of the list of standard Code IDs e When Enable Code ID is set to Custom Custom Code IDs replace the list of standard Code IDs e Symbol equipped devices are configured using configuration barcodes When Enable Code ID is set to Custom AIM or Symbol Code IDs must be added to the end of the Custom Code ID For example if a Custom Code ID AAA is created to be read in combination with an AIM ID for Code 39 JA1 the Custom Code ID must be entered with the AIM ID code first then the Custom Code ID JA1AAA e When Enable Code ID is set to None Code IDs are ignored e Custom symbologies appear at the end of the list in the Symbology dialog but will be processed at the beginning of the list in the scanner driver This allows custom IDs based on actual code IDs to be processed before the Code ID e The external scanner operation cannot be controlled by the MX7 Tecton scanner driver therefore a good beep may be sounded from the external scanner even if a barcode from an external scanner is rejected be
303. umeric with Triple Click AJI0na 0 c cece e cee cee cc e cece eee eec eee eeeeeeseeeeees 16 Ba oe ee ce ee eee 17 Display Backlight Timer AA 17 RU APA AA PAY 18 MX7 Tecton Cold Storage Configuration a 19 E EQ MX7WMRG A i MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Table of Contents Cold Storage Battery aa 19 siglo LB PAPA AA 19 Heating Elements aeee 19 Recharging Batteries 000r GB GG ANG UA AA 20 Hot swapping the Cold Storage Battery eee 20 Normal Operation Temperature Ranges 22 22 00 0 aaa 20 Power 2 Power MONDO ox cera nein a viens sda ci de dr dr seas a nen O e air qd aiii 21 ARA 21 Suspend MOOE cacccsseccnsxevccewouseseendreucsdbeencwewadeceeualsuestelenesesaateenesessneeeuecawonseeeuadsecnnyeceeecasss 21 Sly PAA 21 PRO a em AA AAP PP AYE 22 Checking Battery Status 22 Main Battery Dac 22 Battery HotSswappind RES AD PRN DUNN RS DEDE 2 NS OR RS BLLLEL 22 Low Battery Waming 2 eae 23 Super cap Internal Battery anne 23 Handling Batteries Safely 23 Software 24 Introduction Operating System aaa esti ses aa aaa O A Eo S TAGS aCEUUE CCR SL daeevewesnscecdebecsacecsaees 24 Windows eaii AA PA did a a a r ua eso 24 Installed SOTO AG si colina wetunccasund dadas AY 25 ieee sc eee AA 25 Software Backup 25 IOT 26 Boot Loader aba caro ease sane se ele refe Na A a beees een cee
304. unit it provides up to eight hours of operation depending upon use and accessories installed The battery pack is resistant to impact damage and falls of up to four feet to a concrete surface Under normal conditions it should last approximately eight hours before requiring a recharge The more you use the scanner or the wireless transmitter the shorter the time required between battery recharges Battery Hotswapping Important When the internal battery power is Low or Very Low Start Settings Power connect the AC adapter to the MX7 Tecton before replacing the main battery pack When the main battery power level is low the MX7 Tecton will signal the user with the low battery warning indicator the Status LED remains a steady red that continues until the main battery is replaced the battery completely depletes or external power is applied to the MX7 Tecton using an AC Adapter You can replace the main battery by first placing the MX7 Tecton in Suspend Mode then removing the discharged main battery and installing a charged main battery within a five minute time limit or before the Super cap internal battery depletes When the main battery is removed the MX7 Tecton enters Critical Suspend state the MX7 Tecton remains in Suspend mode the display is turned off and the internal battery continues to power the unit for at least five minutes Though data is retained the MX7 Tecton cannot be used until a charged main battery is installed After in
305. vered devices without an icon can be paired as a Serial device Scanner or a Printer The Bluetooth panel assigns an icon to the device name An icon with a red background indicates the device s Bluetooth connection is inactive An icon with a white background indicates the device is connected to the MX7 Tecton and the devices Bluetooth connection is active Double tap a device in the list to open the device properties menu The target device does not need to be active E EQ MX7WMRG A 76 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Bluetooth Device Menu Bluetooth Device Menu Pre requisite The Discover button has been clicked and there are Bluetooth devices listed Click on a device in the list to highlight it Double click the highlighted device to display the Bluetooth Device right click menu The Bluetooth device does not need to be active RE LXE Pairing yw d G iene Last Blueston 1535765 61 05 deskjet 995c SIN E511 LHE Scanger Pair as Scanner PAKA feeen same Tama Beton deskjet 995c SIN L53570 Pair as Scanner Pair as Printer Pair as Printer Pair as Serial Device Properties Clear Discover Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect RE Properties Bluetooth Devices Settings Reconnect am Filtered Mode On Filtered Mode Off Right Click Menu Right Click Menu Options Pair as Scanner Receive data from the highlighted Bluetooth scanner or Bluetooth imager Pair as Printer Se
306. wer case letters Press the Shft key then the alphabetic key for an uppercase letter e When the computer boots the default condition of Caps or CapsLock is Off The Caps or CapsLock condition can be toggled with Blue plus Tab key sequence e Forthose keymaps that require remapping MAP keys can be remapped using the Buttons Panel Start Settings Per sonal Buttons CA To TOO once qu o Paoj dle po S CEE O HH Ewes CO e O o Feann pem Oo oo A f wo Oooo ooo GEC o ooo oo sms fu po O Aa UU The following are ANSI keymaps Po Orange MAP Field Exit default VK PAUSE MAP Mappable Blue MAP Orange WAP Shift MAP Diamond 1 aumo agustmeae Bue lv upan Down row EEE astmos fewe sm O NA Feoeoemgenos fome A S mesma m o mo oo o O Do ds E EQ MX7WMRG A 307 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 Key 5250 Alphanumeric KeyMap Primary Delete eee a H SI he a TI GH la aT Pasispeo E jo fh a o saree upa O H a H a H katie ti po a H mo lolo a H a CU CU CU TU CU CU CU CU TU CU CU a E a Ha PE o Bo fm po CO lon ll a H E EQ MX7WMRG A 308 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 Key 5250 Alphanumeric KeyMap Primary Delete E E EQ MX7WMRG A 309 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide 55 Key 5250 Alphanumeric KeyMap Primary Delete To get this 5250 Key Function Press these Keys in this Or
307. y U5 and international copyright laws Processor ARIMUOT PXASHH Memory 225 05 MB Expansion slot Wot in use Version Device ID Copyrights About Settings Version Panel This screen displays information on the installed operating system and the hardware Note that Windows Mobile is based on a Windows CE engine The underlying version of Windows CE is displayed here E EQ MX7WMRG A 65 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Device ID Device ID Factory Default Settings Device Name device specific 001 Device Description LXE MX7 Tecton ME Settings sd c Your device uses this information to identify itself to other computers Enter a name that starts with a letter and contains the characters 4 2 or 0 9 Version Device ID Copyrights About Settings Device ID Panel The device name and description can be changed Enter the name and description using either the keypad or the Input Panel and tap ok to save the changes The changes take effect immediately Note The Device Name listed in Start Settings System About Device ID is not used during Bluetooth operation E EQ MX7WMRG A 66 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Copyrights Copyrights 2 Settings ed Co Portions of this software are based on MESA Mosaic MESA Mosaic Th was developed by the National Center For Supercomputing Applications at the University of Illinois at Urbana Champaign Distributed un
308. y Bluetooth activity indicators are located in the Desktop taskbar e System Status LED is located at the top left of the key pad above the Scan button e The Scan Status LED is located below the keypad The Alpha Mode LED is located below the F4 key on the 32 key key pad Numeric Alpha key pad Power fail Replace the main battery with a fully charged main battery Red Blinking bal Connect the MX7 Tecton to external AC power then replace the depleted main battery with a fully charged main battery Main Battery Low If the main battery is not replaced with a fully charged System Stat l s SIT KEAN battery before the main battery fails the MX7 Tecton is turned Off Green Blinking Display Off No user intervention required MX7 Tecton is either full on with the display on backlights may be No Color dimmed when the status LED has no color or in Suspend with the display off Scan Status Scanner Imager ready for use Amber Steady Barcode decoder engine storing changed parameters Alpha Mode Green Steady MX7 Tecton 32 key is in Alpha character input mode Alph LED MX7 Tecton 32 key is in Numeric key input mode E EQ MX7WMRG A 18 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide MX7 Tecton Cold Storage Configuration MX7 Tecton Cold Storage Configuration Highlights e MX7 Tecton 1250mAh Cold Storage battery has a blue label e Snowflake decal above the keypad e Heating element visible on the touchscreen an
309. y Gio a For Passphrase enter 9 63 chars For PSK enter 64 Hex chars po PSK Entry This value can be 64 hex characters or an 8 to 63 byte ASCII value Enter the key and click OK Once configured click the Commit button Ensure the correct Active Profile is selected on the Main tab and perform a Suspend Resume The SCU Main tab shows the device is associated after the radio connects to the network E EQ MX7WMRG A 290 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Certificates Certificates Note Please refer to the LXE Security Primer to prepare the Authentication Server and Access Point for communication Note It is important that all dates are correct on the MX7 Tecton and host computers when using any type of certificate Certificates are date sensitive and if the date is not correct authentication will fail Quick Start Root Certificates are necessary for EAP TLS PEAP GTC and PEAP MSCHAP 1 Generate a Root CA Certificate and download it to a PC 2 Connect the MX7 Tecton to the desktop PC using ActiveSync and copy the certificate to the MX7 Tecton System folder 3 Install the Root CA Certificate User Certificates are necessary for EAP TLS 1 Generate a User Certificate and downloaditto a PC 2 Install the User Certificate on the PC 3 Export the User Certificate as a PFX file 4 Connect the MX7 Tecton to the desktop PC using ActiveSync and copy the certificate to the MX7 Tecton System folder
310. ystem level setup programs Connections Personal and System among others Task Manager View and cancel running tasks Tasks Task list application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook task list using ActiveSync Text Opens Messaging window Requires an email application Can be synchronized with PC Outlook email using ActiveSync or it can synchronize with an Exchange server Today Configure the appearance and the items to display on the Today screen Windows Live Sign in to Microsoft Windows Live online service Internet access required Windows Media Audio visual management program Not supported on the MX7 Tecton E EQ MX7WMRG A 39 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Office Mobile Office Mobile Icon Function Excel Mobile Spreadsheets can be edited data can be sorted formatting and changes are preserved PowerPoint Mobile Open view and edit slides in landscape or portrait format Zoom and GoTo features enabled Word Mobile Open view edit documents Formats are saved Spelling checker cut and paste are available undo and redo commands OneNote Mobile Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile Help when changing or viewing options Tap the X icon in the top right comer to close Windows Mobile Help E EQ MX7WMRG A 40 MX7 Tecton for Windows Mobile Reference Guide Settings Settings Start Settings 5 Note Tap Start Help for context sensitive Windows Mobile

MX7 Tecton™ WM Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

MX7 Tecton&trade; WM Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

MX7 Tecton™ WM Reference Guide